manualshive.com logo in svg

Yealink CD860, Administrator'S Manual

The Yealink CD860 is a feature-rich IP phone designed for efficient communication in business environments. To fully leverage its capabilities, make sure to download the comprehensive Administrator's Manual for free from our website. This manual provides detailed instructions and insights to maximize your experience with this top-notch product.

Share
Download
background image

Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/CP860 IP Phones 

580

 

Parameters 

Permitted Values 

Default 

Note: It works only if the value of the parameter ―account.X.shared_line‖ is set to 3 
(Draft BLA). It is not applicable to SIP VP-T49G IP phones. 

Web User Interface: 

Account->Advanced->BLA Subscription Period 

Phone User Interface: 

None 

To configure the BLA feature via web user interface: 

1.

 

Click on Account->Advanced. 

2.

 

Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account. 

3.

 

Select Draft BLA from the pull-down list of Shared Line. 

4.

 

Enter the desired value in the BLA Number field. 

5.

 

Enter the desired value in the BLA Subscription Period field. 

 

6.

 

Click Confirm to accept the change. 

Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) informs users of the number of messages waiting in 
their mailbox without calling the mailbox. IP phones support both audio and visual MWI 
when receiving new voice messages. MWI will be indicated in four ways: a warning 
tone, an indicator message (including a voice mail icon) on the LCD screen, the power 

Summary of Contents for CD860

Page 1: ......

Page 2: ...RE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL STATEMENTS INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS GUIDE ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS YEALINK XIAMEN NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO LTD MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS GUIDE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRA...

Page 3: ...rference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver...

Page 4: ...the specific terms of the GPL Please refer to the GPL for the exact terms and conditions of the license The original GPL license source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products can be downloaded from Yealink web site http www yealink com GPLOpenSource aspx BaseInfoCateId 293 NewsCateId 293 CateId 293 ...

Page 5: ...ailable on IP phones User Guides which describe the basic and advanced features available on IP phones Auto Provisioning Guide which describes how to provision IP phones using the configuration files Description of Configuration Parameters in CFG Files which describes all configuration parameters in configuration files y0000000000xx cfg and MAC cfg template configuration files IP Phones Deployment...

Page 6: ...uide The information detailed in this guide is applicable to firmware version 80 or higher The firmware format is like x x x x rom The second x from left must be greater than or equal to 80 e g the firmware version of SIP T23G IP phone 44 80 0 60 rom This administrator guide includes the following chapters Chapter 1 Product Overview describes the SIP components and SIP IP phones Chapter 2 Getting ...

Page 7: ...e 168 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Reading Icons on page 38 IP Direct Auto Answer on page 311 Allow IP Call on page 314 DTMF on page 455 NAT Traversal on page 732 Rport on page 743 Audio Codecs on page 794 Video Codecs on page 828 Secure Real Time Transport Protocol on page 861 Appendix F Configurations Defined Never be Saved to MAC local cfg file on page 959 The following...

Page 8: ...n on page 211 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Reading Icons on page 38 Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52 Configuring Transmission Methods of the Internet Port and PC Port on page 87 Wi Fi on page 141 Customizing Softkey Layout Template File on page 226 Customizing a Local Contact File Color Screen Phones on page 278 Recent Call In Dialing on page 426...

Page 9: ...ing Intercom Calls on page 477 Busy Lamp Field BLF on page 532 Voice Quality Monitoring on page 700 Sending Volume on page 791 Capturing Packets on page 900 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Verifying Startup on page 37 Reading Icons on page 38 Incoming Intercom Calls on page 477 Documentations of the newly released SIP VP T49G IP phones have also been added The following secti...

Page 10: ...endix F Configurations Defined Never be Saved to MAC local cfg file on page 959 This version is updated to incorporate CP860 IP phones Documentations of the newly released SIP T40P IP phones have also been added The following sections are new for this version Conventions Used in Yealink Documentations on page v Wi Fi on page 141 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Expansion Modul...

Page 11: ...age 564 Bridge Lines Appearance BLA on page 577 Short Message Service SMS on page 586 Appendix F Configurations Defined Never be Saved to MAC local cfg file on page 959 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Documentations on page v Expansion Module on page 15 Reading Icons on page 38 Configuration Files on page 48 Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52 Account ...

Page 12: ...e 311 Allow IP Call on page 314 Accept SIP Trust Server Only on page 316 Transfer Mode via Dsskey on page 397 Allow Trans Exist Call on page 398 Call Number Filter on page 434 Call Timeout on page 481 Send user phone on page 481 SIP Send MAC on page 484 SIP Send Line on page 486 Reserve in User Name on page 489 Password Dial on page 491 Unregister When Reboot on page 493 100 Reliable Retransmissio...

Page 13: ...nslation on page 730 Comfort Noise Generation on page 812 Phone Lock on page 838 Troubleshooting Methods on page 883 Troubleshooting Solutions on page 914 This version is updated to incorporate SIP T48G IP phones Documentations of the newly released SIP T27P and SIP T21 P E2 IP phones have also been added Major updates have occurred to the following sections Reading Icons on page 37 Configuration ...

Page 14: ... SIP T41P and SIP T29G IP phones The following sections are new for this version Wallpaper on page 112 Hide Features Access Code on page 555 Major updates have occurred to the following sections DHCP on page 68 Call Display on page 169 Input Method on page 207 BLF List on page 545 IPv6 Support on page 754 Viewing Log Files on page 883 ...

Page 15: ...uide Version 80 60 xi Changes for Release 80 Guide Version 80 21 xii Changes for Release 80 Guide Version 80 20 xiii Changes for Release 80 Guide Version 80 6 xiv Table of Contents xv Product Overview 1 VoIP Principle 1 SIP Components 2 SIP IP Phone Models 3 Physical Features of IP Phones 4 Key Features of IP Phones 15 Expansion Module 17 Getting Started 19 Connecting the IP Phones 19 Attaching th...

Page 16: ...guration settings 57 Scenario B Clear user personalized configuration settings 61 Scenario C Keep user personalized settings after factory reset 62 Scenario D Import or export the local configuration file 64 Provisioning Server 66 Supported Provisioning Protocols 66 Setting up the Provisioning Server 66 Deploying Phones from the Provisioning Server 67 Configuring Basic Network Parameters 68 DHCP 6...

Page 17: ...creen Keyboard Input Method Customization 211 Specifying the Default Input Method 219 Logo Customization 220 Customizing a Logo Template File 221 Configuring the Logo Shown on the Idle Screen 222 Softkey Layout 224 Customizing Softkey Layout Template File 226 Key As Send 236 Dial Plan 241 Replace Rule 242 Dial now 247 Area Code 253 Block Out 256 Hotline 258 Off Hook Hot Line Dialing 261 Directory ...

Page 18: ...tbound Proxy in Dialog 351 SIP Session Timer 353 Session Timer 356 Call Hold 359 Music on Hold 363 Call Forward 366 Call Transfer 388 Network Conference 391 Feature Key Synchronization 393 Transfer on Conference Hang Up 395 Transfer Mode via Dsskey 397 Allow Trans Exist Call 398 Directed Call Pickup 400 Group Call Pickup 412 Dialog Info Call Pickup 423 Recent Call In Dialing 426 ReCall 428 Call Nu...

Page 19: ... IP Phones 506 External Monitor 506 Configuring Advanced Features 509 Remote Phone Book 510 Customizing Remote Phone Book Template File 510 LDAP 517 Busy Lamp Field BLF 532 BLF List 547 Hide Features Access Code 555 Automatic Call Distribution ACD 557 Shared Call Appearance SCA 564 Bridge Lines Appearance BLA 577 Message Waiting Indicator 580 Short Message Service SMS 586 Multicast Paging 587 Send...

Page 20: ...h a Firewall or NAT 727 Reserved Ports 727 Network Address Translation 730 Real Time Transport Protocol 746 TR 069 Device Management 748 IPv6 Support 754 Configuring Audio Features 765 Ring Tones 765 Distinctive Ring Tones 771 Tones 778 Voice Mail Tone 786 Headset Prior 787 Dual Headset 789 Sending Volume 791 Audio Codecs 794 Acoustic Clarity Technology 809 Acoustic Echo Cancellation 809 Backgroun...

Page 21: ...alyzing Configuration File 909 Exporting All the Diagnostic Files 913 Troubleshooting Solutions 914 IP Address Issues 914 Time and Date Issues 915 Display Issues 915 Phone Book Issues 916 Audio Issues 916 Camera and Video Issues 917 Wi Fi and Bluetooth Issues 918 Firmware and Upgrading Issues 919 Provisioning Issues 920 System Log Issues 921 Resetting Issues 921 Rebooting Issues 925 Protocols and ...

Page 22: ...Request 970 SIP Header 971 SIP Responses 974 SIP Session Description Protocol SDP Usage 976 Appendix H SIP Call Flows 977 Successful Call Setup and Disconnect 977 Unsuccessful Call Setup Called User is Busy 980 Unsuccessful Call Setup Called User Does Not Answer 982 Successful Call Setup and Call Hold 984 Successful Call Setup and Call Waiting 987 Call Transfer without Consultation 991 Call Transf...

Page 23: ... the protocols to provide audio visual communication sessions on any packet network The H 323 standard addresses call signaling and control multimedia transport and control and bandwidth control for point to point and multi point conferences It is widely implemented by voice and video conference equipment manufacturers is used within various Internet real time applications such as GnuGK and NetMee...

Page 24: ...le the transfer and termination of calls SIP supports the transfer of calls from one endpoint to another During a call transfer SIP simply establishes a session between the transferee and a new endpoint specified by the transferring party and terminates the session between the transferee and the transferring party At the end of a call SIP terminates the sessions between all parties SIP is a peer t...

Page 25: ... T42G SIP T41P SIP T40P SIP T29G SIP T27P SIP T23P G SIP T21 P E2 SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phone models These IP phones are endpoints in the overall network topology which are designed to interoperate with other compatible equipments including application servers media servers internet working gateways voice bridges and other endpoints These IP phones are characterized by a large number of functi...

Page 26: ...es 8 1280 x 800 pixel color touch screen with backlight 16 VoIP accounts Broadsoft Validated Asterisk Compatible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 3 way video conference 5 way mixing audio and video conference 21 dedicated hard keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port Support Bluetooth headset and Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 HDMI port 6 ...

Page 27: ...dsoft Validated Asterisk Compatible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 26 dedicated hard keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 4 LEDs 1 power 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support Bluetooth headset and W...

Page 28: ...mpatible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 36 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 14 LEDs 1 power 10 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support Bluetoo...

Page 29: ...dset HD Speaker 30 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 10 LEDs 1 power 6 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 30: ...atible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 30 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 10 LEDs 1 power 6 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 31: ...ce HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 4 LEDs 1 power 3 line Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 32: ...risk Compatible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 37 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 13 LEDs 1 power 10 line 1 headset 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support Bluetooth he...

Page 33: ...odec HD Handset HD Speaker 35 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 11 LEDs 1 power 8 line 1 headset 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 34: ...ed Asterisk Compatible HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP T23G IP phones 5 LEDs 1 power 3 line 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 35: ...ted hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 4 LEDs 1 power 2 line 1 message HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af not applicable to SIP T21 E2 IP phones Wall Mount ...

Page 36: ...adsoft Validated Asterisk Compatible 24 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 LED 1 power HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af not applicable to SIP T19 E2 IP phones Wall Mount ...

Page 37: ...nput and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af In addition to physical features introduced above IP phones also support the following key features when running the latest firmware Phone Features Call Options emergency call call waiting call hold call mute call forward call transfer call pickup three way conference five way mixing audio and video conference up to three way video conferen...

Page 38: ...le to SIP VP T49G IP phones Video codec H264HP H264 and H263 Image codec JPEG PNG BMP Adaptive bandwidth adjustment Video Resolution Full HD 1080P at 30fps 1920x1080 Network Features SIP v1 RFC 2543 v2 RFC 3261 NAT Traversal STUN mode DTMF INBAND RFC 2833 SIP INFO Proxy mode and peer to peer SIP link mode IP assignment Static DHCP PPPoE PPPoE is not applicable to SIP T42G T41P CP860 IP phones VLAN...

Page 39: ...ption Phone lock for personal privacy protection Admin User configuration mode 802 1X authentication This section introduces EXP20 and EXP40 expansion modules EXP20 is only applicable to SIP T29G and SIP T27P IP phones EXP40 is only applicable to SIP T48G and SIP T46G IP phones EXP20 Physical Features Rich visual experience with 160 x 320 graphic LCD 20 physical keys each with a dual color LED ...

Page 40: ...le 2 is powered by the host phone 2 RJ 12 6P6C ports for data in and out EXP40 Physical Features Rich visual experience with 160 x 320 graphic LCD 20 physical keys each with a dual color LED 20 additional keys through page switch Supports up to 6 modules daisy chain Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output 2 RJ 12 6P6C ports for data in and out Wall Mount ...

Page 41: ...T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones with components in packaging contents 1 Attach the stand and the optional wall mount bracket not applicable to CP860 IP phones 2 Insert the camera only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones 3 Connect the handset and optional headset not applicable to CP860 IP phones 4 Connect the power and network 5 Connect the optional extension microphones kit only appli...

Page 42: ...Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 20 To attach the stand and the optional wall mount bracket For SIP VP T49G Desk Mount Method Note Wall Mount Method is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones ...

Page 43: ...arted 21 For SIP T48G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional Note The top two slots on SIP T48G IP phones are plugged up by silica gel You need to pull out silica gel before attaching the wall mount bracket ...

Page 44: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 22 For SIP T46G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 45: ...Getting Started 23 For SIP T42G T41P T40P Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 46: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 24 For SIP T29G T27P Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 47: ...Getting Started 25 For SIP T23P T23G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 48: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 26 For SIP T21 P E2 Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 49: ... Optional Note To insert the camera For SIP VP T49G The hookswitch tab has a lip which allows the handset to stay on hook when the IP phone is mounted vertically For more information on how to mount the IP phone to a wall refer toYealink Wall Mount Quick Installation Guide ...

Page 50: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 28 To connect the handset and optional headset For SIP VP T49G For SIP T48G T46G T29G For SIP T42G T41P T40P ...

Page 51: ...ongle BT40 can only be used on the SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones For more information on how to use the Bluetooth on SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones refer to Yealink Bluetooth USB Dongle BT40 User Guide The EXT port on SIP T48G T46G IP phones can also be used to connect the expansion module EXP40 The EXT port on SIP T29G T27P IP phones can also be used to connect the expansion module EXP20 For more in...

Page 52: ...P phone and connect the other end of the power adapter into an electrical power outlet 2 Connect the included or a standard Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the IP phone and the one on the wall or switch hub device port For SIP VP T49G For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Note You can also connect the SIP VP T49G or SIP T48G IP phone to a wireless netwo...

Page 53: ...Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the IP phone and an available port on the in line power switch hub For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21P E2 T19P E2 PoE is not applicable to the SIP VP T49G SIP T21 E2 and SIP T19 E2 IP phones The IP phone should be used with Yealink original power adapter only The use of the third party power adapter may cause the damage to the phone...

Page 54: ...on microphone kit contains two extension microphones If in line power switch hub is provided you don t need to connect the phone to the power adapter Make sure the switch hub is PoE compliant The IP phone can also share the network with another network device such as a PC personal computer It is an optional connection Important Do not unplug or remove the power while the IP phone is updating firmw...

Page 55: ...o one of the MIC ports on the phone You can connect a USB flash drive to record and play back calls For SIP VP T49G IP phones you can also connect a USB flash drive to display pictures on your phone and capture screenshots To connect a USB flash drive 1 Insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on the phone For SIP VP T49G ...

Page 56: ...onnect a PC or mobile device to listen to the PC or mobile audio using your conference phone To connect a PC or mobile device 1 Connect one end of the 3 5mm jack cable to the PC mobile port on the phone and connect the other end to the headset jack on the mobile device or the AUX MIC jack on the PC ...

Page 57: ...her end to the HDMI port on the external monitor Note The following tips you need to know when mounting the camera to the external monitor a Be aware of attaching the camera to the external monitor from the back of the monitor and make sure the camera lens is on the same side with the monitor screen b Confirm that the camera is vertical and not askew when using Dual Lock to attach the camera to th...

Page 58: ...ROM file Configuring the VLAN If the IP phone is connected to a switch the switch notifies the IP phone of the VLAN information defined on the switch if using LLDP or CDP The IP phone can then proceed with the DHCP request for its network settings if using DHCP Querying the DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Server The IP phone is capable of querying a DHCP server DHCP is enabled on the IP p...

Page 59: ...xamples of resource files Language packs Ring tones Contact files After connected to the power and network the IP phone begins the initializing process by cycling through the following steps 1 The power indicator LED illuminates solid red 2 The message Welcome Initializing please wait appears on the LCD screen when the IP phone starts up If you are using CP860 IP phones and the phones are first po...

Page 60: ...he following table provides a description for each icon on IP phones T49G T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Description Network is unavailable Private line registers successfully Yealink Cloud account registers successfully Registration failed Flashing Flashing Registering Hands free speakerphone mode Handset mode ...

Page 61: ...41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Description Headset mode Voice Mail Text Message Auto Answer Do Not Disturb Call Forward Camera is not detected Call Hold video Call Hold audio only Call Mute audio only Ringer volume is 0 ...

Page 62: ...Phones 40 T49G T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Description Phone Lock Received Calls Placed Calls Missed Calls Forwarded Calls Recording box is full A call cannot be recorded Recording starts successfully Recording cannot be started ...

Page 63: ...scription Recording cannot be stopped VPN is enabled Bluetooth mode is on Bluetooth headset is both paired and connected Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone is both paired and connected Wi Fi connection is successful Wi Fi connection failed Conference The default contact icon The default caller photo ...

Page 64: ...e phone caller photo and Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone contacts icon The default Cloud caller photo and Cloud contacts icon DSS Key Line key type is Line line is seized Line key type is Speed Dial Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list idle state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list ringing state Line key type is BLF BLF hold state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list calling stat...

Page 65: ... state Line key type is BLF List BLF list call park state Line key type is Voice Mail Line key type is Direct Pickup Line key type is Group Pickup Line key type is Call Park park successfully call park idle state Line key type is Call Park call park ringing state Park failed Line key type is Retrieve Line key type is Intercom Line key type is DTMF Prefix ...

Page 66: ... T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Description Line key type is Local Group XML Group Line key type is XML Browser Line key type is LDAP Line key type is Conference Line key type is Forward Line key type is Transfer Line key type is Hold Line key type is DND Line key type is Recall Line key type is SMS Line key type is Record URL Record ...

Page 67: ...ne key type is Multicast Paging Group Listening Line key type is Hot Desking Line key type is Zero Touch Line key type is URL Line key type is Phone Lock Line key type is Mobile Account Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone is connected successfully Line key type is Mobile Account Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone connection failed Line key type is Mobile Account Bluetooth Enabled ...

Page 68: ...necting The ACD state is available and x and x and x and x and x and x The ACD state is unavailable The ACD state is Wrap up Log out of the ACD system The shared line bridged line is idle Flashing Flashing The shared line receives ring back tone Flashing Flashing The shared line receives an incoming call The shared line is in conversation The shared line conversation is placed on public hold ...

Page 69: ...47 T49G T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Description USB flash drive is detected Flashing USB flash drive is detecting High Definition Voice External monitor EXT Display is connected ...

Page 70: ...tricted to the administrator The default password is admin case sensitive Not all features are available on phone user interface For more information refer to Yealink phone specific user guide An administrator or a user can configure IP phones via web user interface The default user name and password for the administrator to log into the web user interface are both admin case sensitive Most featur...

Page 71: ...hone is 00156574B150 the name of the MAC Oriented CFG file must be 00156574b150 cfg case sensitive MAC local CFG file A MAC local CFG file contains changes that users make via web user interface and phone user interface It will only be effectual for a specific IP phone The MAC local CFG file is named after the MAC address of the IP phone This file is stored locally on the IP phone and can also be ...

Page 72: ...s dnd enable features dnd on_code features dnd off_code Configure always forward feature for account X It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones X stands for the serial number of account account X always_fwd enable account X always_fwd target account X always_fwd on_code account X always_fwd off_code Configure busy forward feature for account X It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 a...

Page 73: ... local cfg file if the configuration value is blank write NULL into the configuration in addition to the modified configuration Group1 Configure line key Line key is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones X stands for the serial number of line key linekey X line linekey X value linekey X pickup_value linekey X type linekey X xml_phonebook linekey X label Group2 Configure programable ke...

Page 74: ...startup Then IP phones download configuration files from the provisioning server resolve and update the configurations written in configuration files This entire process is called auto provisioning For more information on auto provisioning refer to Yealink_SIP T2 Series_T19 P E2_T4 Series_CP860_W56P_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide When configuring particular features you may need to upload resou...

Page 75: ...now xml Softkey Layout Template CallFailed xml CallIn xml Connecting xml Dialing xml not applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones RingBack xml Talking xml Directory Template favorite_setting xml not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Super Search Template super_search xml Local Contact File contact xml Remote Phone Book Template Department xml Menu xml You can ask the distributor or Yeali...

Page 76: ...lustration shows the template files available for SIP T23G IP phones running firmware version 80 3 Open the folder you extracted and identify the template file you will edit according to the table introduced above For some features you can customize the filename as required The following table lists the special characters supported by Yealink IP phones Server HTTP HTTPS TFTP FTP Windows Support _ ...

Page 77: ...ed to determine the phone behavior for keeping user personalized settings Parameters Permitted Values Default auto_provision custom protect 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to keep user personalized settings after auto provisioning 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled personalized settings configured via web or phone user interface will be kept after auto provisionin...

Page 78: ... this file During auto provisioning the IP phone will download the MAC local cfg file from the provisioning server to override the one stored on the phone If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will not upload the MAC local cfg file to the provisioning server During auto provisioning the IP phone will not download the MAC local cfg file from the provisioning server Web User Interface None Phone U...

Page 79: ...IP phone 001565221229 Provisioning server URL tftp 192 168 1 211 Place the target firmware to the root directory of the provisioning server Create a new directory ProvisioningDir_new under the root directory of the provisioning server Note Do the following operations 1 Place the configuration files y000000000028 cfg and 001565221229 cfg that you want the IP phone to download to the new directory P...

Page 80: ...e IP phone the IP phone automatically generates a 001565221229 local cfg file which saves the personalized settings of the old firmware The IP phone updates configurations in the downloaded configuration files orderly to the IP phone system As the value of the parameter auto_provision custom protect is set to 1 the phone also updates the configurations stored in the 001565221229 local cfg file on ...

Page 81: ...on in Yealink_SIP T2 Series_T19 P E2_T4 Series_CP860_W56P_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide During auto provisioning the IP phone first downloads the y000000000044 cfg file and then downloads firmware from the root directory of the provisioning server The IP phone reboots to complete firmware upgrade and then starts auto provisioning process again which is triggered by phone reboot the power on mo...

Page 82: ...s set to 1 configurations in the 001565770984 local cfg file saved on the IP phone are also updated The IP phone starts up successfully and personalized settings are kept after auto provisioning When a user customizes feature configurations via web phone user interface the IP phone will save the personalized settings to the 001565770984 local cfg file on the IP phone only Note If value of the para...

Page 83: ...Settings Advanced Settings default password admin 2 Select Reset Local Configuration The LCD screen prompts Reset local configurations 3 Press the OK soft key The LCD screen prompts Deleted successfully To clear personalized configuration settings via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Upgrade 2 Click Reset Local Config The Reset Local Configuration option on the web phone user interface is av...

Page 84: ...65770984 cfg file will take effect The IP phone requires factory reset when it has a breakdown but the user wishes to keep personalized settings of the phone after factory reset Scenario Conditions SIP T23G IP phone MAC 001565770984 Provisioning server URL tftp 192 168 1 211 auto_provision custom sync 1 auto_provision custom protect 1 Note Scenario Operations You can keep the personalized settings...

Page 85: ...local cfg file saved on the IP phone will also be cleared But configurations in the 001565770984 local cfg file stored on the provisioning server tftp 192 168 1 211 will not be cleared after reset To retrieve personalized settings of the phone after factory reset 1 Set the values of the parameters auto_provision custom sync and auto_provision custom protect to be 1 in the configuration file y00000...

Page 86: ...nfiguration file via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Select Local Configuration from the pull down list of Export CFG Configuration File and then click Export to open file download window and then save the 001565770984 local cfg file to the local system The administrator or user can edit the 001565770984 local cfg file after exporting To import local configuration file via w...

Page 87: ...ne in the existing local configuration file The configurations only in the existing local configuration file will not be cleared The configurations in the new 001565770984 local cfg file will be saved to the phone flash and take effect Note If the value of the parameter auto_provision custom sync is set to 1 and the 001565770984 local cfg file is successfully imported the new 001565770984 local cf...

Page 88: ...r to Yealink_SIP T2 Series_T19 P E2_T4 Series_CP860_W56P_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide To set up the provisioning server 1 Install a provisioning server application or locate a suitable existing server 2 Create an account and home directory 3 Set security permissions for the account 4 Create configuration files and edit them as desired 5 Copy the configuration files and resource files to the p...

Page 89: ...iented CFG file from the distribution as templates c Edit the parameters in the file as desired 2 Create new common configuration files by performing the following steps a Create y0000000000xx cfg files by using the Common CFG file from the distribution as templates b Edit the parameters in the file as desired 3 Copy configuration files to the home directory of the provisioning server 4 Reboot IP ...

Page 90: ...ation Protocol is a network protocol used to dynamically allocate network parameters to network hosts The automatic allocation of network parameters to hosts eases the administrative burden of maintaining an IP network IP phones comply with the DHCP specifications documented in RFC 2131 If using DHCP IP phones connected to the network become operational without having to be manually assigned IP ad...

Page 91: ...P T42G T41P CP860 IP phones 2 Static IP Address Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 To configure DHCP v...

Page 92: ...ddress es can be configured and used even though DHCP is enabled Procedure Static DNS can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the static DNS feature Parameters network static_dns_enable MAC cfg Configure static DNS address Parameters network primary_dns network secondary_dns Local Web User Interface Configure the static DNS feature ...

Page 93: ... Network Basic IPv4 Config Static DNS Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 DHCP IPv4 Client Static DNS network primary_dns IPv4 Address Blank Description Configures the primary IPv4 DNS server Example network primary_dns 202 101 103 55 Note It works only if the value of the parameter network static_dns_enable is set to 1 On If you change...

Page 94: ...Network WAN Port IPv4 DHCP IPv4 Client Static DNS Enabled IPv4 Sec DNS To configure static DNS address when DHCP is used via web user interface 1 Click on Network Basic 2 In the IPv4 Config block mark the DHCP radio box 3 In the Static DNS block mark the On radio box 4 Enter the desired values in the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to ...

Page 95: ...mmon DHCP options supported by IP phones Parameter DHCP Option Description Subnet Mask 1 Specify the client s subnet mask Time Offset 2 Specify the offset of the client s subnet in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time UTC Router 3 Specify a list of IP addresses for routers on the client s subnet Time Server 4 Specify a list of time servers available to the client Domain Name Server 6 Specify a ...

Page 96: ...at responds to DHCP INFORM queries with a requested provisioning server address is one possibility For more information refer to http www ietf org rfc rfc3925 txt number 3925 Yealink IP phones support obtaining the provisioning server address by detecting DHCP options during startup The phone will automatically detect the option 66 and option 43 for obtaining the provisioning server address DHCP o...

Page 97: ...itted Values Default auto_provision dhcp_option enable 0 or 1 1 Description Triggers the DHCP Option feature to on or off 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On the IP phone will obtain the provisioning server address by detecting DHCP options Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision DHCP Active Phone User Interface None To configure the DHCP active feature via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Au...

Page 98: ...et in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time UTC To update time with the offset time offered by the DHCP server make sure the DHCP Time feature is enabled at the web path Settings Time Date DHCP Time For more information on how to configure DHCP time feature refer to NTP Time Server on page 179 This option specifies the host name of the client The name may or may not be qualified with the local d...

Page 99: ...lues Default network dhcp_host_name String within 99 characters Refer to the following content Description Configures the DHCP option 12 hostname on the IP phone For SIP VP T49G IP phones The default value is SIP VP T49G For SIP T48G IP phones The default value is SIP T48G For SIP T46G IP phones The default value is SIP T46G For SIP T42G IP phones The default value is SIP T42G For SIP T41P IP phon...

Page 100: ...For CP860 IP phones The default value is CP860 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Features General Information DHCP Hostname Phone User Interface None To configure DHCP option 12 hostname on the IP phone via web user interface 1 Click on Feature General Information 2 Enter the desired host name in the DHCP Hostname field 3 C...

Page 101: ...File MAC cfg Configure network parameters of the IP phone manually Parameters network internet_port type network ip_address_mode network internet_port ip network internet_port mask network internet_port gateway network primary_dns network secondary_dns Local Web User Interface Configure network parameters of the IP phone manually Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T2...

Page 102: ...ne will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 network ip_address_mode 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the IP address mode 0 IPv4 1 IPv6 2 IPv4 IPv6 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interfac...

Page 103: ...work ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 and network internet_port type is set to 2 Static IP Address If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Static IP Address Subnet Mask Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Static IPv4 Client Subnet Ma...

Page 104: ...v4 Config Static IP Address Primary DNS Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Static IPv4 Client IPv4 Pri DNS network secondary_dns IPv4 Address Blank Description Configures the secondary IPv4 DNS server Example network secondary_dns 202 101 103 54 Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 o...

Page 105: ... user interface 1 Click on Network Basic 2 In the IPv4 Config block mark the Static IP Address radio box 3 Enter the desired values in the IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure the IP address mode via phone user ...

Page 106: ...nt to Point Protocol over Ethernet is a network protocol used by Internet Service Providers ISPs to provide Digital Subscriber Line DSL high speed Internet services PPPoE allows an office or building full of users to share a common DSL connection to the Internet PPPoE connection is supported by the IP phone Internet port Contact your ISP for the PPPoE user name and password PPPoE is not applicable...

Page 107: ...42G T41P CP860 IP phones 2 Static IP Address Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 network pppoe user Str...

Page 108: ...scription Configures the password for PPPoE connection Example network pppoe password yealink123 Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 and network internet_port type is set to 1 PPPoE If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect It is not applicable to SIP T42G SIP T41P and CP860 IP phones We...

Page 109: ...ress the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time Yealink SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 IP phones support two Ethernet ports Internet port and PC port The CP860 IP phones have Internet port only Three optional methods of transmission configuration for IP phone Internet or...

Page 110: ...ce or data in both directions but in one direction at a time this means one device can send data on the line but not receive data simultaneously You can configure the half duplex transmission on both Internet port and PC port for the IP phone to transmit in 10Mbps or 100Mbps Full duplex Full duplex transmission refers to transmitting voice or data in both directions at the same time this means one...

Page 111: ...http phoneIPAddress servlet p network adv q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p network adv q loa d Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default network internet_port speed_duplex 0 1 2 3 4 or 5 0 Description Configures the transmission method of the Internet WAN port 0 Auto Negotiate 1 Full Duplex 10Mbps 2 Full Duplex 100Mbps 3 Half Duplex 10Mb...

Page 112: ... 1000Mbps only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T29G T23G IP phones Note It works only if the value of the parameter network pc_port enable is set to 1 Auto Negotiate It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T29G T23G IP phones you can set the transmission speed to 1000Mbps Auto Negotiate to transmit in 1000Mbps if the IP phone is connected to the swit...

Page 113: ...P phone is used to connect a PC You can enable or disable the PC LAN port on the IP phones via web user interface or using configuration files PC port is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Procedure PC port mode can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the PC LAN port Parameter network pc_port enable Local Web User Interface Configure...

Page 114: ...ption Enables or disables the PC LAN port 0 Disabled 1 Auto Negotiate Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network PC Port PC Port Active Phone User Interface None To enable the PC port via web user interface 1 Click on Network PC Port 2 Select Auto Negotiate from the pull down list of P...

Page 115: ...e provisioning server for a mass of phones The following table lists the associated and latest firmware name for each IP phone model X is replaced by the actual firmware version IP Phone Model Associated Firmware Name Firmware Name Example SIP VP T49G 51 x x x rom 51 80 0 100 rom SIP T48G 35 x x x rom 35 80 0 130 rom SIP T46G 28 x x x rom 28 80 0 130 rom SIP T42G 29 x x x rom 29 80 0 130 rom SIP T...

Page 116: ...ed It will take 5 minutes to complete Please don t power off 4 Click OK to confirm the upgrade Note IP phones support using FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols to download configuration files and firmware from the provisioning server and then upgrade firmware automatically IP phones can download firmware stored on the provisioning server in one of two ways Check for configuration files and then down...

Page 117: ...on repeat enable auto_provision repeat minutes auto_provision weekly enable auto_provision weekly begin_time auto_provision weekly end_time auto_provision weekly dayofweek Specify the access URL of firmware Parameter firmware url Local Web User Interface Configure the way for the IP phone to check for configuration files Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p s ettings autop q load Upload firmw...

Page 118: ...rface None auto_provision repeat enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers the repeatedly feature to on or off 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process repeatedly Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Repeatedly Phone User Interface None auto_provision repeat minutes Integer from 1 to 43200 1440 Description Configures the interval in minutes for the IP...

Page 119: ...ption Configures the begin time of the day for the IP phone to perform an auto provisioning process weekly Note It works only if the value of the parameter auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Time Phone User Interface None auto_provision weekly end_time Time from 00 00 to 23 59 00 00 Description Configures the end time of the day for the IP phone ...

Page 120: ...dayofweek 01 It means the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process every Sunday and Monday Note It works only if the value of the parameter auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Day of Week Phone User Interface None firmware url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the firmware file Example firmware url ...

Page 121: ...via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Auto Provision 2 Make the desired change 3 Click Confirm to accept the change When the Power On is set to On the IP phone will check configuration files stored on the provisioning server during startup and then will download firmware from the server ...

Page 122: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 100 ...

Page 123: ...opups Contrast Wallpaper Screen Saver Power Saving Backlight Site Name Idle Clock Bluetooth Wi Fi Enable Page Tips Label Length Account Settings Cloud Call Display Display Method on Dialing Web Server Type Time and Date Language Input Method Logo Customization Softkey Layout Key As Send Dial Plan Hotline Off Hook Hot Line Dialing Directory Search Source in Dialing ...

Page 124: ...swer Allow IP Call Accept SIP Trust Server Only Call Completion Anonymous Call Anonymous Call Rejection Do Not Disturb Busy Tone Delay Return Code When Refuse Early Media 180 Ring Workaround Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog SIP Session Timer Session Timer Call Hold Call Forward Call Transfer Network Conference Feature Key Synchronization Transfer on Conference Hang Up Transfer Mode via Dsskey Allow Tr...

Page 125: ...Dial Unregister When Reboot 100 Reliable Retransmission Reboot in Talking Answer By Hand Bandwidth Screenshot and Recording External Monitor Power indicator LED indicates power status and phone status It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones There are six configuration options for power indicator LED Common Power Light On Common Power Light On allows the power indicator LED to be turned on Ringing ...

Page 126: ...Light On allows the power indicator LED to be turned on when the IP phone is busy Procedure Power indicator LED can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the power indicator LED Parameters phone_setting common_power_le d_enable phone_setting ring_power_led_flas h_enable phone_setting mail_power_led_fla sh_enable phone_setting mute_pow...

Page 127: ...off 1 Enabled power indicator LED is solid yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Common Power Light On Phone User Interface None phone_setting ring_power_led_flash_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone receives an incoming call For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P...

Page 128: ...or LED does not flash 1 Enabled power indicator LED slow flashes 1000ms yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash Phone User Interface None phone_setting mute_power_led_flash_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when a call is muted For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T...

Page 129: ... fast flashes 500ms yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Hold Held Power Light Flash Phone User Interface None phone_setting talk_and_dial_power_led_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to be turned on when the IP phone is busy For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones ...

Page 130: ...rom the pull down list of Hold Held Power Light Flash 7 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Talk Dial Power Light On 8 Click Confirm to accept the change Notification popups feature allows the IP phone to display the pop up message when it misses a call forwards an incoming call to other party or receives a new voice mail or a new text message Procedure Notification popups can be c...

Page 131: ... phone to display the pop up message box when it receives a new voice mail 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If the voice mail pop up message box disappears it won t pop up again unless the user receives a new voice mail or the user re registers the account that has unread voice mail s Web User Interface Features Notification Popups Display Voice Mail Popup Phone User Interface None features missed_call_p...

Page 132: ... 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display the pop up message box when it receives a new text message 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter features text_message enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Notification Popups Display Text Message Popup Phone User Interface None To configure the notification popups via web user interface 1 ...

Page 133: ...7P SIP T23P G SIP T21 P E2 SIP T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones EXP20 connected to SIP T29G T27P IP phones and EXP40 connected to SIP T48G T46G IP phones Make sure the expansion module has been connected to the IP phone before adjustment It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T42G T41P IP phones Procedure Contrast can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx...

Page 134: ... IP phones it configures the LCD s contrast of the IP phone and the connected EXP20 For T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones it configures the LCD s contrast of the IP phone Note We recommend that you set the contrast of the LCD screen to 6 as a more comfortable level It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T42G T41P IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Contrast Phone U...

Page 135: ...IP phones you can also set a custom picture stored in your USB flash drive as the wallpaper In order to do this make sure the USB flash drive containing pictures is connected to your phone For more information refer to Yealink phone specific user guide The wallpaper image format must meet the following Phone Model Format Resolution Single File Size Total File Size SIP VP T49G jpg png bmp 1280 800 ...

Page 136: ...of X are Default png 1 jpg 2 jpg 3 jpg 4 jpg 5 jpg 6 jpg 7 jpg 8 jpg or 9 jpg or Config wallpaper name The default value is Default Default png Example To configure a phone built in picture e g 1 jpg to be wallpaper the value format is phone_setting backgrounds Resource 1 jpg To configure a custom picture e g custom1 jpg to be wallpaper the value format is phone_setting backgrounds Config custom1 ...

Page 137: ... is phone_setting backgrounds Config custom1 jpg Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Wallpaper Phone User Interface Menu Basic Display Wallpaper wallpaper_upload url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the wallpaper image Example wallpaper_upload url http 192 168 10 25 wallpaper jpg Note ...

Page 138: ...own list of Wallpaper To change the wallpaper via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired wallpaper from the pull down list of Wallpaper 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To change the wallpaper via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Display Wallpaper 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired wallpaper ...

Page 139: ...ou need to upload the custom screen saver in advance If multiple pictures are uploaded all pictures are displayed like a slide show when screen saver starts The screen saver image format must meet the following Phone Model Format Resolution Single File Size Total File Size SIP VP T49G jpg png bmp 1280 800 5MB 20MB SIP T48G jpg png bmp 800 480 5MB 20MB SIP T46G T29G jpg png bmp 480 272 5MB 20MB Pro...

Page 140: ...er starts Parameter screensaver picture_change _interval Configure the interval for the IP phone to move the clock when the screen saver starts Parameter screensaver clock_move_int erval Local Web User Interface Configure the time to wait in the idle state before the screen saver starts Configure the type of screen saver to display Upload the custom screen saver image Delete custom screen saver im...

Page 141: ...2min 300 5min 600 10min 1800 30min For SIP VP T49G The default value is 1800 ForSIP T48G T46G T29G The default value is 0 Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Screensaver Wait Time Phone User Interface ForSIP T48G T46G T29G Menu Basic Display Screensaver Wait Time s For SIP VP T49G None screensaver type 0 or 1 0 D...

Page 142: ...encapture jpg During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the HTTP provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the screen saver image Screencapture jpg If you want to download multiple screen saver images to the phone simultaneously you can configure as following screensaver upload_url http 192 168 10 25 Screencapture jpg screensaver upload_url http 192 168 10 25 Screensaver ...

Page 143: ...ver starts 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter screensaver type is set to 1 Upload Picture and the parameter screensaver upload_url should be configured in advance It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None screensaver picture_change_interval Integer from 5 to 1200 60 Description ...

Page 144: ...saver this parameter works only if the value of the parameter screensaver display_clock_on_upload_picture enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To upload custom screen saver via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select Upload Picture from the pull down list of Scre...

Page 145: ...ensaver Type is set to Upload Picture The custom screen saver appears in the pull down list of Screensaver To set the system screen saver via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select System from the pull down list of Screensaver Type 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 146: ...saving mode if a phone event occurs for example if the phone has an incoming call or message or you press a key on the phone or tap the touch screen only applicable to SIP T48G If the screen saver is enabled on your phone power saving mode will still occur The power saving is only applicable to SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones You can configure the following power saving settings Office Ho...

Page 147: ...ower_saving offic e_hour wednesday features power_saving offic e_hour thursday features power_saving offic e_hour friday features power_saving offic e_hour saturday features power_saving offic e_hour sunday Configure the idle timeout Parameter features power_saving offic e_hour idle_timeout features power_saving off_h our idle_timeout features power_saving user _input_ext idle_timeout Local Web Us...

Page 148: ...wer Saving Power Saving Phone User Interface None features power_saving office_hour idle_timeout Interger from 1 to 600 480 Description Configures the time in minutes to wait in the idle state before IP phone enters power saving mode during the office hours Note It is only applicable to SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving Office Hour Idle TimeOut Phone...

Page 149: ...extension Idle Timeout is ignored It is only applicable to SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving User input extension Idle TimeOut Phone User Interface None features power_saving office_hour monday Integer from 0 to 23 Integer from 0 to 23 7 12 Description Configures the starting time and duration of the day s office hour on Monday Starting time and dura...

Page 150: ...res power_saving office_hour thursday Integer from 0 to 23 Integer from 0 to 23 7 12 Description Configures the starting time and duration of the day s office hour on Thursday Starting time and duration are separated by a comma Note It is only applicable to SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving Thursday Phone User Interface None features power_saving off...

Page 151: ...separated by a comma Note It is only applicable to SIP T48G SIP T46G and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving Saturday Phone User Interface None features power_saving office_hour sunday Integer from 0 to 23 Integer from 0 to 23 7 0 Description Configures the starting time and duration of the day s office hour on Sunday Starting time and duration are separated by a comma Note...

Page 152: ... pull down list of Power Saving 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the office hour via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Power Saving 2 Select a desired day of the week 3 Enter the starting time and ending time respectively in the desired day field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 153: ...LCD screen display allowing users to read easily in dark environments Backlight time specifies the delay time to change the intensity of the LCD screen when the IP phone is inactive Backlight turns off quickly if a short backlight time is configured this may not give users enough time to read messages Backlight time is applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 ...

Page 154: ...ists available methods and configuration options to configure the backlight of phone models expansion modules Phone Model and the connected expansion module Configuration Methods Configuration Options SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G Configuration Files Web User Interface Phone User Interface Backlight Inactive Level SIP VP T49G SIP T48G EXP40 T46G EXP40 T29G EX P20 T27P EXP20 Configuration Files We...

Page 155: ...er from 1 to 10 8 Description Configures the intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is active 10 is the highest intensity For T49G IP phones it configures the LCD s intensity of the IP phone For T48G T46G IP phones it configures the LCD s intensity of the IP phone and the connected EXP40 For T29G T27P IP phones it configures the LCD s intensity of the IP phone and the connected EXP20 Note It i...

Page 156: ...screen when the IP phone is inactive 0 Always On 1 Always Off not applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones 15 15s 30 30s 60 60s 120 120s 300 300s 600 600s 1800 1800s If it is set to 60 60s the intensity of the LCD screen will be changed when the IP phone has been inactivated for 60 seconds For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 The default value is 0 For SIP T40P T27P T23...

Page 157: ...itch soft key to select the desired value from the Backlight Time field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure the backlight via web user interface take SIP T46G IP phones for example 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Backlight Inactive Level 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Backlight Active Level 4 Select...

Page 158: ...r SIP VP T49G IP phones When you make an IP call to the other party the site name will be displayed on the far site display device Site names can consist of letters numbers or special characters Procedure Site name can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the site name Parameters setting site_name Local Web User Interface Configure t...

Page 159: ...pt the change To configure the site name via phone user interface 1 Tap Basic Site Name 2 Enter the desired name in the Site Name field 3 Tap the Save soft key For SIP VP T49G IP phones there is an idle clock displays on the center of the idle screen by default You can hide the idle clock and the time and date will display on the right of the status bar Procedure Idle clock can be configured using...

Page 160: ...s low bandwidth wireless connections within a range of 10 meters 32 feet The best performance is in the 1 to 2 meter 3 to 6 feet range You can activate deactivate the Bluetooth mode and then pair and connect the Bluetooth headset with your phone It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones You can also activate deactivate the Bluetooth mode and then pair and connect the Blueto...

Page 161: ...T29G http phoneIPAddress servlet p features bluetooth q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features blue tooth q load Phone User Interface Configure Bluetooth mode Configure the Bluetooth device name Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features bluetooth_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers Bluetooth mode to on or off 0 Off 1 On Note...

Page 162: ...is Yealink T48G For SIP T46G IP phones The default value is Yealink T46G For SIP T29G IP phones The default value is Yealink T29G Note It works only if the value of the parameter features bluetooth_enable is set to 1 On It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface Menu Basic Bluetooth Bluetooth On Edit My Device Information Device N...

Page 163: ...eature is only applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones When the Wi Fi feature is enabled the IP phone will automatically scan the available wireless networks All the available wireless networks will display in scanning list on the touch screen You can store up to 5 frequently used wireless networks on your phone and specify the priority for them Yealink SIP VP T49G IP phones support conne...

Page 164: ...hether to configure the uplink and downlink bandwidths according to your bandwidth capacity d We recommend you do not use the unstable router product in your home office environment e We recommend you to set the password for the wireless network so as to ensure the network resource will not be occupied by the unknown user Procedure Wi Fi feature can be configured using the configuration files or l...

Page 165: ... to For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p network wifi q load Phone User Interface Configure Wi Fi feature Configure the Wi Fi settings Specify the time for the phone to disconnect the wireless network Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameters Permitted Values Default wifi enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the Wi Fi feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is o...

Page 166: ... the Service Set Identifier SSID of the wireless network X SSID is a unique identifier for accessing wireless access points Note It works only if the value of the parameter wifi enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi SSID Phone User Interface Menu Basic Wi Fi Wi Fi On Add SSID wifi X priority X ranges from 1 to 5 Inte...

Page 167: ...TKIP CCMP NONE Description Configures the encryption type of the wireless network X NONE NONE WEP WEP TKIP TKIP CCMP AES TKIP CCMP TKIP AES Note It works only if the value of the parameter wifi enable is set to 1 Enabled and wifi X security_mode is set to WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi Cipher Type Phone User Interfac...

Page 168: ...sent from the router within 120 seconds Note It works only if the value of the parameter wifi enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi Time Out For Wi Fi Status Detection Phone User Interface None wifi country Refer to the following content China Description Configures the country wireless channel in the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz band for t...

Page 169: ... add a wireless network via web user interface 1 Click on Network Wi Fi 2 Enter the desired value in the Profile Name field 3 Enter the desired value in the SSID field 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Secure Mode If you select WEP 1 Enter the desired password in the PSK field If you select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK 1 Select TKIP AES or TKIP AES from the pull down list of the Cipher ...

Page 170: ... wireless networks To adjust the priority of the added wireless network via web user interface 1 Click on Network Wi Fi 2 Click to select the desired wireless network which you want to adjust the priority and then click or 3 Repeat the step 2 to adjust the priority of more wireless networks To configure the time out for Wi Fi status detection via web user interface 1 Click on Network Wi Fi ...

Page 171: ...ic Wi Fi 2 Tap the On radio box in the Wi Fi field 3 Tap Add 4 Tap the Security Mode field 5 Tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box If you select None or WEP 1 Enter the desired profile name in the Profile Name field 2 Enter the desired value in the SSID field 3 Enter the desired password in the WPA Shared Key field If you select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK 1 Enter the desired profile name in the ...

Page 172: ... flashing the BLF monitored user receives an incoming call on the non current page Solid there is a parked call to the line on the non current page Fast flashing the line receives an incoming call on the non current page SIP T42G T41P T27P Fast flashing The BLF monitored user receives an incoming call on the non current page The line receives an incoming call on the non current page Solid There is...

Page 173: ...T41P T29G T27P IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Enable Page Tips Phone User Interface None To configure the page icon to indicate status via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Page Tips 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Label length allows IP phones to extend the display length of the line key label If the label length fe...

Page 174: ...skey model 1 q load li nepage 1 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p dsskey q lo ad Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features config_dsskey_length 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the extended length of the label displayed on the idle LCD screen for the line key 0 Default 1 Extended Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T...

Page 175: ... Length 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Registering a SIP account makes it easier for the IP phones to receive an incoming call dial an outgoing call The IP phones support SIP server redundancy for account registration For more information refer to Server Redundancy on page 655 ...

Page 176: ...ser_name account X password account X sip_server Y address account X sip_server Y port account X outbound_proxy_enable account X outbound_host account X outbound_port account X backup_outbound_host account X backup_outbound_port Configure the interval for the IP phone to retry to re register when registration fails Parameter account X reg_fail_retry_interval Configure the number of DSS keys to be ...

Page 177: ...CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account register q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account regist er q load acc 0 Configure auto linekeys Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gener al q load ...

Page 178: ...ccount adv q load acc 0 Phone User Interface Configure the account registration information Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges fro...

Page 179: ...anced Settings Accounts Label account X display_name String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the display name for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web Use...

Page 180: ...P T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Register User Name Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts User Name account X password String within 99 characters Blank Description Confi...

Page 181: ...l to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 sip_server 1 address yealink pbx com Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Server Host Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts SIP ServerY account X sip_server Y port X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Integer from 0 to 65535 5060 Description Configures the port of the SIP server Y for account X X ranges from ...

Page 182: ... Account Register Enable Outbound Proxy Server Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts Outbound Status account X outbound_host IP address or domain name Blank Description Configures the IP address or domain name of the outbound proxy server 1 for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP ...

Page 183: ...e It works only if the value of the parameter account X outbound_proxy_enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Register Outbound Proxy Server 1 Port Phone User Interface None account X backup_outbound_host IP address or domain name Blank Description Configures the IP address or domain name of the outbound proxy server 2 for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46...

Page 184: ...23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 backup_outbound_port 5060 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X outbound_proxy_enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Register Outbound Proxy Server 2 Port Phone User Interface None account X reg_fail_retry_interval Integer from 0 to 1800 30 Description Configures ...

Page 185: ...for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 number_of_linekey 2 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features auto_linekeys enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interf...

Page 186: ...l down list of Line Active field 4 Enter the desired value in Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password and SIP Server1 2 field respectively 5 If you use outbound proxy servers do the following 1 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Outbound Proxy Server 2 Enter the desired IP address or domain name in the Outbound Proxy Server 1 2 field and the desired port of the outbound p...

Page 187: ...istration Retry Timer 0 1800s field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure auto linekeys feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Auto Linekeys If Auto LineKeys is enabled you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys with Line type for a registered line on the phone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 188: ... desired value in Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password and SIP Server1 2 field respectively Contact your system administrator for more information 5 If you use outbound proxy servers do the following 1 Select Enabled from the Outbound Status field 2 Enter the desired IP address or domain name in the Outbound Proxy1 2 field 3 Enter the desired interval in the Proxy Fallback Interval ...

Page 189: ...er account 17 sip_server Y transport_ type Local Web User Interface Configure the transport type for IP call Navigate to For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account direct q load acc 0 Phone User Interface Configure the transport type for IP call Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account 17 sip_server Y transport_type Y ranges from 1 to 2 ...

Page 190: ...cept the change The SIP VP T49 IP phones support cloud feature The Cloud enterprise administrator uses the Yealink VC Cloud management service to assign each user an individual Cloud account For more information refer to Yealink VC Cloud Management Service Administrator Guide After you registering a Yealink Cloud account successfully the IP phone will download the Cloud accouts information from th...

Page 191: ... receives an incoming call dials an outgoing call or engages in a call Display contact photo feature is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones Display called party information allows the IP phone to present the callee identity in addition to the presentation of caller identity when it receives an incoming call The following figure shows an example of screen display when Displa...

Page 192: ...e Name Number Number or Full Contact Info display name sip xxx domain com Note Procedure Call Display can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure display contact photo feature Parameter phone_setting contact_photo_d isplay enable Configure display called party information feature Parameter SIP T42G T41P T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 ...

Page 193: ... VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p settings c alldisplay q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting contact_photo_display enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display contact avatar when it receives an incoming call dials an outgoing call or engages in a call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is only applicable...

Page 194: ...ay_method 0 1 2 3 or 4 0 Description Specifies the call information display method when the IP phone receives an incoming call dials an outgoing call or is during an active call 0 Name Number 1 Number Name 2 Name 3 Number 4 Full Contact Info display name sip xxx domain com Web User Interface Settings Call Display Call Information Display Method Phone User Interface None To configure call display f...

Page 195: ... Contact Photo 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Called Party Information 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Call Information Display Method 5 Click Confirm to accept the change When the IP phone is on the pre dialing or dialing screen the account information will be displayed on the top left corner of the LCD screen You can customize the account info...

Page 196: ...http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameter Permitted Values Default features caller_name_type_on_dialing 1 2 or 3 3 Description Configures the account information displayed on the top left corner of the LCD screen when the IP phone is on the pre dialing or dial...

Page 197: ...f protocols HTTPS is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts user page requests as well as pages returned by the web server Both HTTP and HTTPS port numbers are configurable Procedure Web server type can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the web access type HTTP port and HTTPS port Parameters wui http_enable network port http wu...

Page 198: ...ng the HTTP protocol 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Web Server HTTP Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network Webserver Type HTTP Status network port http Integer from 1 to 65535 80 Description Configures the HTTP port for the user to access ...

Page 199: ...3 Description Configures the HTTPS port for the user to access web user interface of the IP phone using the HTTPS protocol Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Web Server HTTPS Port 1 65535 Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network Webserver Type HTTPS Port To configur...

Page 200: ...ord admin Network Webserver Type 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTP Status field 3 Enter the desired HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTP Status field 5 Enter the desired HTTPS port number in the HTTPS Port field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots...

Page 201: ...actual time from a reference clock and distributes this information to the clients in a network The Network Time Protocol NTP is the most widely used protocol that distributes and synchronizes time in the network The IP phones synchronize the time and date automatically from the NTP time server by default The NTP time server address can be offered by the DHCP server or configured manually NTP by D...

Page 202: ...zone Parameters local_time ntp_server1 local_time ntp_server2 local_time interval local_time time_zone local_time time_zone_name Local Web User Interface Configure NTP by DHCP priority feature and DHCP time feature Configure the NTP server time zone Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings datetime q load For S...

Page 203: ...ser Interface None local_time dhcp_time 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to update time with the offset time offered by the DHCP server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is only available to offset from GMT 0 Web User Interface Settings Time Date DHCP Time Phone User Interface Menu Settings Basic Settings Time Date DHCP Time local_time ntp_server1 IP address or domain name cn pool ...

Page 204: ...0 The default value is cn pool ntp org For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 The default value is pool ntp org Example local_time ntp_server2 192 168 0 6 Web User Interface Settings Time Date Secondary Server Phone User Interface Menu Settings Basic Settings Time Date SNTP Settings NTP Server2 local_time interval Integer from 15 to 86400 1000 Description Configures...

Page 205: ...e available time zone names depend on the time zone configured by the parameter local_time time_zone For more information on the available time zone names for each time zone refer to Appendix B Time Zones on page 937 Example local_time time_zone_name China Beijing Note It works only if the value of the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 2 Automatic and the parameter local_time time_zone sh...

Page 206: ...ime zone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Time Date 2 Select Disabled from the pull down list of Manual Time 3 Select the desired time zone from the pull down list of Time Zone 4 Select the desired location from the pull down list of Location 5 Enter the domain name or IP address in the Primary Server and Secondary Server field respectively 6 Enter the desired time interval in the Synchr...

Page 207: ...ted the Location field will appear 5 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Location field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change You can set the time and date manually when IP phones cannot obtain the time and date from the NTP time server The time and date display can use one of several different formats Procedure Time and date can be configured using the co...

Page 208: ...ermitted Values Default local_time manual_time_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to obtain time and date from manual settings 0 Disabled obtain time and date from NTP server 1 Enabled obtain time and date from manual settings Web User Interface Settings Time Date Manual Time Phone User Interface None local_time time_format 0 or 1 1 Description Configures the time format ...

Page 209: ... YYYY 4 MM DD YY 5 DD MMM YYYY 6 WWW DD MMM Note WWW represents the abbreviation of the week DD represents a two digit day MMM represents the first three letters of the month YYYY represents a four digit year and YY represents a two digit year Web User Interface Settings Time Date Date Format Phone User Interface Menu Settings Basic Settings Time Date Time Date Format Date Format To configure the ...

Page 210: ...ser interface 1 Click on Settings Time Date 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Time Format 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Date Format 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the time and date manually via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Basic Settings Time Date Manual Settings 2 Enter the date in the Date YMD field 3 Enter the time in ...

Page 211: ...orward one hour at the start of spring and backward in autumn Many countries have used the DST at various times details vary by location By default the DST is set to Automatic so it can be adjusted automatically from the current time zone configuration You can configure DST for the desired area as required Procedure Daylight saving time can be configured using the configuration files or locally Co...

Page 212: ...local_time dst_time_type 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the DST time type 0 DST by Date 1 DST by Week Note It works only if the value of the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Time Date Fixed Type Phone User Interface None local_time start_time Time 1 1 0 Description Configures the start time of the DST Value formats are Month Day Hour for DST by Date...

Page 213: ...ion Configures the end time of the DST Value formats are Month Day Hour for DST by Date Month Week of Month Day of Week Hour of Day for DST by Week If local_time dst_time_type is set to 0 DST by Date use the mapping Month 1 January 2 February 12 December Day 1 the first day in a month 31 the last day in a month Hour 0 0am 1 1am 23 11pm If local_time dst_time_type is set to 1 DST by Week use the ma...

Page 214: ...terface None To configure the DST via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Time Date 2 Select Disabled from the pull down list of Manual Time 3 Select the desired time zone from the pull down list of Time Zone 4 Enter the domain name or IP address in the Primary Server and Secondary Server field respectively 5 Enter the desired time interval in the Synchronism 15 86400s field 6 Mark the Enabled ...

Page 215: ...customize the AutoDST file if required The AutoDST file allows you to add or modify time zone and DST settings for your area each year Before customizing you need to obtain the AutoDST file You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for DST template You can also obtain the DST template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining...

Page 216: ...e DST szEnd optional Same as szStart End time of the DST szOffset optional Integer from 300 to 300 The offset time in minutes of DST When customizing an AutoDST file learn the following DSTData indicates the start of a template and DSTData indicates the end of a template Add or modify time zone and DST settings between DSTData and DSTData The display order of time zone is corresponding to the szTi...

Page 217: ...d a new time zone 6 Paradise with daylight saving time 30 minutes 3 Save this file and place it to the provisioning server e g 192 168 1 100 4 Specify the access URL of the AutoDST file in the configuration files Procedure The access URL of the AutoDST file can be specified using the configuration files Configuration File MAC cfg Specify the access URL of the AutoDST file Parameters auto_dst url ...

Page 218: ...r update you will find a new time zone Paradise and updated DST of Pakistan Islamabad and India Calcutta via web user interface Settings Time Date Time Zone Note It works only if the value of the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 2 Automatic Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None IP phones support multiple languages Languages used on the phone user interface and web user interf...

Page 219: ... forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the language packs refer to Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52 Note The following table lists the available languages and associated language packs for the phone user interface Available Language Associated Language Pack English 000 GUI English lang Chinese Simplified 001 GUI Chinese_S lang Chinese Tradit...

Page 220: ...uage file 1 Open the desired language template file e g 000 GUI English lang using an ASCII editor 2 Modify the characters within the double quotation marks on the right of the equal sign Don t modify the translation item on the left of the equal sign The following shows a portion of the language pack 000 GUI English lang for the phone user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 3 Save the ...

Page 221: ...es the access URL of the custom LCD language pack for the phone user interface Example gui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 000 GUI English lang During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the HTTP provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the language pack 000 GUI English lang The English language translation will be changed accordingly if you have modified the language templat...

Page 222: ... Interface None Phone User Interface None The following table lists available languages and associated language packs for the web user interface Available Language Associated Language Pack Associated Note Language Pack English 1 English js 1 English_note xml Chinese Simplified 2 Chinese_S js 2 Chinese_S_note xml Chinese Traditional 3 Chinese_T js 3 Chinese_T_note xml French 4 French js 4 French_no...

Page 223: ...lon Don t modify the translation item on the left of the colon The following shows a portion of the language pack 1 English js for the web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 3 Save the language file and place it to the provisioning server e g 192 168 10 25 4 Specify the access URL of the web user interface language pack in the configuration files You can also customize the translat...

Page 224: ... to IP phones prepare the language file named as 12 Wuilan js and 12 Wuilan_note xml for downloading After update you will find a new language selection Wuilan on the web user interface Settings Preference Language and new note information is displayed in the icon when the new language is selected Procedure Loading language pack can only be performed using the configuration files Configuration Fil...

Page 225: ...d accordingly if you have modified the language template file If you want to download multiple language packs to the web user interface simultaneously you can configure as following wui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 1 English js wui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 11 Russian js Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None wui_lang_note url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the ...

Page 226: ...e packs of the web user interface wui_lang delete http localhost all Delete a custom language pack of the web user interface e g 11 Russian js wui_lang delete http localhost 11 Russian js The corresponding note language pack e g 11 Russian_note xml will also be deleted Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None The default language used on the phone user interface is English If the language...

Page 227: ...s prefe rence q load Phone User Interface Specify the language for the phone user interface Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default lang gui Refer to the following content English Description Configures the language used on the phone user interface Permitted Values English Chinese_S Chinese_T French German Italian Polish Portuguese Spanish Turkish Russian or the cus...

Page 228: ...f you want to use the custom language e g Wuilan for the IP phone configure the parameter lang wui Wuilan Note If the language of your browser is not supported by the IP phone the web user interface will use English by default Web User Interface Settings Preference Language Phone User Interface None To specify the language for the web user interface via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Prefe...

Page 229: ...23 ABC and Hebrew By default Hebrew input method is hidden you can manually configure the IP phone to display the Hebrew input method If you just want to customize the input method for a certain language the filename must be formatted as language name_ime txt e g German_ime txt Note You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for keypad input method file You can also obtain the keypad input method ...

Page 230: ...he keypad input method file Russian_ime txt To customize a keypad input method file 1 Open the desired keypad input method file e g ime txt using an ASCII editor 2 Under the input method field e g abc add new characters or adjust the characters order within the double quotation marks on the right of the equal sign ...

Page 231: ...e Specify the access URL of the custom keypad input method file using the configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the custom keypad input method file Parameter gui_input_method url When adding new characters for the existing input method ensure that the added characters are supported by IP phones The IP phones can only recognize the keypad input method fi...

Page 232: ...ss the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 25 and downloads the custom keypad input method file ime txt gui_input_method url http 192 168 10 25 Russian_ime txt During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 25 and downloads the custom keypad input method file Russian_ime txt for Russian language Note If you want to upload a custom...

Page 233: ...r disables the IP phone to display the Hebrew input method 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None The SIP VP T49G IP phones support using onscreen keyboard to enter data and provide English and Russian onscreen keyboard by default Y...

Page 234: ... alternative characters for keyboard in numeric symbolic input mode These two template files are the same you can just use one of them as the input method file for English or Russian onscreen keyboard keyboard_ime_num 2 xml Layou t keyboard_la yout_ xml keyboard_layout_1 xml Configures the layout of English keyboard in alphabetic input mode keyboard_layout_2 xml Configures the layout of English or...

Page 235: ... by multiple languages For example the keyboard in numeric symbolic input mode is almost same for each language you can use the template file keyboard_ime_num xml keyboard_ime_num2 xml as the input method file for multiple languages If you want to create a new language onscreen keyboard we recommend you customize the keyboards in alphabetic input mode and numeric symbolic input mode at a time To c...

Page 236: ...presents a line on the keyboard The first Line element represents the first line of the keyboard A Key element represents a key on the keyboard The first Key element in the Line element represents the first key of this line There are three types of keyboard for English or Russian onscreen keyboard the following takes English onscreen keyboard as example Keyboard in alphabetic input mode lowercase ...

Page 237: ...e ImeType It can be set to Char or Symbol If it is set to Symbol the shift key will not take effect Key ImeNormal Configures the characters the key provides when the input mode is set to lowercase ImeCapital Configures the characters the key provides when the input mode is set to uppercase It works only if the ImeType is set to Char Function Configures the key s function There are 11 types of valu...

Page 238: ...the cursor 6 Up Position the cursor 7 Down Position the cursor 8 Hide Hide the onscreen keyboard 9 Shift Switch between the uppercase input mode and the lowercase input mode 10 Lang Change the language of the keyboard 11 Switch Change input mode To customize a Keyboard_ime_german xml file 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 Edit the corresponding string in the file 3 Save the file and...

Page 239: ...Indent Width and Height all attribute values are in pixels The following picture shows meaning of the four attributes The value of attributes in a line element is the default value of the corresponding attribute in the key element For example if you have not configured the width attribute in the key element the key will automatically use the value of width attribute configured in line element as t...

Page 240: ... cfg Specify the access URL of the custom onscreen keyboard input method file Parameter gui_onscreen_keyboard url Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default gui_onscreen_keyboard url URL within 511 characters Blank If you want to customize the existing input method files of the onscreen keyboard you just need to upload the custom files If you want to create a new langu...

Page 241: ...yboard_layout_german xml Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None In addition to customizing the keypad input method file you can also specify the default input method for the IP phone when editing or searching for contacts Note Procedure Specify the def...

Page 242: ...User Interface None Phone User Interface None directory search_default_input_method Abc 2aB 123 abc ABC or Hebrew Abc Description Configures the default input method when the user searches for contacts in the Local Directory LDAP Remote Phone Book or Blacklist Example directory search_default_input_method abc Note If you want to configure the default input method to Hebrew you need to set the valu...

Page 243: ...64 2 gray scale Note The common picture format can be gif jpg png bmp Yealink IP phones only support the dob format logo files Yealink provides PictureExDemo tool to convert gif jpg png bmp format to dob format You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for the PictureExDemo tool To customize a dob formatted logo file using the PictureExDemo tool 1 Double click the PictureExDemo exe 2 Click Add bu...

Page 244: ...ed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the logo shown on the idle screen Parameters phone_setting lcd_logo mode Specify the access URL of the custom logo file Parameters lcd_logo url Delete all custom logo files Parameters lcd_logo delete Local Web User Interface Configure the logo shown on the idle screen Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet ...

Page 245: ...able to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information Use Logo Phone User Interface None lcd_logo url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom logo file Example lcd_logo url http 192 168 10 25 logo dob During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and download...

Page 246: ...ser interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select Custom logo from the pull down list of Use Logo 3 Click Browse to select the logo file from your local system 4 Click Upload to upload the file 5 Click Confirm to accept the change The image logo screen and the idle screen are displayed alternately Softkey layout is used to customize the soft keys at the bottom of the LCD screen to bes...

Page 247: ...le Local Web User Interface Configure the softkey layout Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings softkey q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings softk ey q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting custom_softkey_enable 0 or 1 0 ...

Page 248: ...lected Softkeys column select the desired soft key and then click 7 To adjust the display order of soft keys select the desired soft key and then click or The LCD screen displays the soft keys in the adjusted order 8 Click Confirm to accept the change The softkey layout template allows you to customize soft key layout for different call states The call states include CallFailed CallIn Connecting D...

Page 249: ...itch End Call CallIn Answer Forward Silence Reject For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Switch For SIP VP T49G IP phones Switch Connect ing Connecting For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T 40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Empty Empty End Call For SIP VP T49G IP phones End Call For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27...

Page 250: ...rectory GPickup DPickup Retrieve RingBac k RingBack For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T 40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Empty Empty End Call For SIP VP T49G IP phones End Call For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Switch For SIP VP T49G IP phones Switch SemiAttendTran sBack For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T 40P T29G T27P...

Page 251: ...nce End Call For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Mute SWAP NewCall Switch Answer Reject PriHold Park GPark RTP Status For SIP VP T49G IP phones Mute SWAP NewCall Switch Answer Reject PriHold Park GPark RTP Status Screenshot Record Hold Transfer Resume NewCall For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27P T23P ...

Page 252: ...IP T48G T46G T42G T41P T 40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Empty Empty End Call For SIP VP T49G IP phones End Call For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4 1P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Empty Switch Answer Reject NewCall For SIP VP T49G IP phones Switch Answer Reject NewCall Screenshot Record PreTrans not applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phon...

Page 253: ...RTP Status For SIP VP T49G IP phones Switch Answer Reject Mute RTP Status Screenshot Record When editing a softkey layout template learn the following Call States indicates the start of a template and Call States indicates the end of a template For example CallFailed CallFailed Disable indicates the start of the disabled soft key list and Disable indicates the end of the soft key list The disabled...

Page 254: ...the default soft key list and Default indicates the end of the default soft key list The default soft keys are displayed on the LCD screen by default To customize a softkey layout template 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each soft key that you want to enable move the string in the disabled soft key list to enabled soft key list in the file ...

Page 255: ...s Procedure Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template using configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template Parameters custom_softkey_call_failed url custom_softkey_call_in url custom_softkey_connecting url custom_softkey_dialing url custom_softkey_ring_back url custom_softkey_talking url Details of Configuration Parameters...

Page 256: ...he access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the CallIn state Example custom_softkey_call_in url http 192 168 1 20 XMLfiles CallIn xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and downloads the CallIn state file from the XMLfiles directory Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None custom_soft...

Page 257: ...aling state file from the XMLfiles directory Note It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None custom_softkey_ring_back url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the RingBack state Example custom_softkey_ring_back url http 192 168 1...

Page 258: ... T49G IP phones the value of the parameter features call_recording enable or features screenshot enable must be set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Key as send allows assigning the pound key or asterisk key as the send key Send tone allows the IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses the send key Key tone allows the IP phone to play a key tone when a user pres...

Page 259: ...servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Configure a send tone or key tone Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features audio q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features audi o q load Phone User Interface Configure a send key Configure a key tone Details of Configuration Parameters...

Page 260: ...les the IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses any key on your phone keypad 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will play a key tone when a user presses any key on your phone keypad Web User Interface Features Audio Key Tone Phone User Interface Menu Settings Basic Settings Sound Key Tone features send_key_tone 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone ...

Page 261: ...ble Note It works only if the value of the parameter features key_as_send is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Send Pound Key Phone User Interface None To configure a send key via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Key As Send 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a send tone an...

Page 262: ...from the pull down list of Send Pound Key 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a send key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Key as send 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select or from the Key as send field or select Disabled to disable this feature 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure a key tone via web user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Basic...

Page 263: ...al now Area Code Block Out You need to know the following basic regular expression syntax when creating dial plan The dot can be used as a placeholder or multiple placeholders for any string Example 12 would match 123 1234 12345 12abc etc x The x can be used as a placeholder for any character Example 12x would match 121 122 123 12a etc The dash can be used to match a range of characters within the...

Page 264: ... to 100 replace rules which can be created either one by one or in batch using a replace rule template For more information on how to customize a replace rule template refer to Customizing Replace Rule Template File on page 244 Procedure Replace rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Create the replace rule for the IP phone Parameters dial...

Page 265: ...ered number Example dialplan replace prefix 1 1 and dialplan replace replace 1 254245 When you enter the number 1 and press the send key the number 254245 will replace the entered number 1 Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Replace Rule Replace Phone User Interface None dialplan replace line_id X X ranges from 1 to 100 Refer to the following content Blank for all lines Description Configures th...

Page 266: ...eplace rule via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Dial Plan Replace Rule 2 Enter the string in the Prefix field 3 Enter the string in the Replace field 4 Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank If you leave this field blank or enter 0 the replace rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone 5 Click Add to add the replace rule The replace rule template helps with th...

Page 267: ...0 IP phones The following table lists valid values of line ID for each phone model Phone Model Values Description SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G 0 16 0 stands for all lines 1 16 stand for line1 line16 SIP T42G 0 12 0 stands for all lines 1 12 stand for line1 line12 SIP T41P T27P 0 6 0 stands for all lines 1 6 stand for line1 line6 SIP T40P T23P T23G 0 3 0 stands for all lines 1 3 stand for line1 l...

Page 268: ...pecify the access URL of the replace rule template in the configuration files Procedure Specify the access URL of the replace rule template using configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the replace rule template Parameter dialplan_replace_rule url Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan_replace_rule url URL within ...

Page 269: ...ial now rule template For more information on how to customize a dial now template refer to Customizing Dial now Template File on page 251 Delay Time for Dial now Rule The IP phone will automatically dial out the entered number which matches the dial now rule after a specified period of time Procedure Dial now rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000...

Page 270: ...now rule Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan dialnow rule X X ranges from 1 to 100 String within 511 characters Blank Description...

Page 271: ...IP T41P T27P 0 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G 0 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example dialplan dialnow line_id 1 1 2 Note Multiple line IDs are separated by commas It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Dial now Account Phone User Interface None phone_setting dialnow_delay Integer from 0 to 14 1 Description Configures the delay time in seconds for the d...

Page 272: ...ings Dial Plan Dial now 2 Enter the desired value in the Rule field 3 Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank If you leave this field blank or enter 0 the dial now rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone 4 Click Add to add the dial now rule To configure the delay time for the dial now rule via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information ...

Page 273: ...r dial now template You can also obtain the dial now template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the dial now template refer to Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52 When editing a dial now template learn the following DialNow indicates the start of a template and DialNow indicates the end of a tem...

Page 274: ...or line1 line2 At most 100 rules can be added to the IP phone The expression syntax in the dial now rule template is the same as that introduced in the section Dial Plan on page 241 To customize a dial now template 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 Create dial now rules between DialNow and DialNow For example Data DialNowRule 1001 LineID 0 Where DialNowRule specifies the dial now ru...

Page 275: ...ng process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the dial now rule file dialnow xml Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Area codes are also known as Numbering Plan Areas NPAs They usually indicate geographical areas in one country When entered numbers match the predefined area code rule the IP phone will automatically add the area code before th...

Page 276: ...vlet m mod_data p settings dialp lan q load dial_page area c ode Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan area_code code String within 16 characters Blank Description Configures the area code to be added before the entered numbers when dialing out Example dialplan area_code code 0592 Note The length of the entered number must be between the minimum length co...

Page 277: ...e User Interface None dialplan area_code line_id Refer to the following content Blank for all lines Description Configures the desired line to apply the area code rule The digit 0 stands for all lines If it is left blank the area code rule will apply to all lines on the IP phone Permitted Values 0 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G 0 to 12 for SIP T42G 0 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P 0 to 3 for SIP...

Page 278: ...m to accept the change Block out rule prevents users from dialing out specific numbers When entered numbers match the predefined block out rule the LCD screen prompts Forbidden Number IP phones support up to 10 block out rules Procedure Block out rule can be created using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Create the block out rule for the IP phone Parameters d...

Page 279: ...den Number Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Block Out BlockOut NumberX Phone User Interface None dialplan block_out line_id X X ranges from 1 to 10 Refer to the following content Blank for all lines Description Configures the desired line to apply the block out rule The digit 0 stands for all lines If it is left blank the block out rule will apply to all lines on the IP phone Permitted Values...

Page 280: ...e this field blank or enter 0 the block out rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone 4 Click Confirm to add the block out rule Hotline is a point to point communication link in which a call is automatically directed to the preset hotline number The IP phone automatically dials out the hotline number using the first available line after a specified time interval when off hook IP phones only ...

Page 281: ...et p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Phone User Interface Configure the hotline number Specify the time in seconds the IP phone waits before automatically dialing out the hotline number Details of Configuration Parameters Parameter Permitted Values Default features hotline_number String within 32 characters Blank Description...

Page 282: ... will immediately dial out the preconfigured hotline number when you lift the handset press the Speakerphone off hook key or press the line key If it is set to a value greater than 0 the IP phone will wait the designated seconds before dialing out the predefined hotline number when you lift the handset press the Speakerphone off hook key or press the line key Note Line key is not applicable to SIP...

Page 283: ... key or desired line key dials out a call using the account with this feature enabled The SIP server may then prompt the user to enter an activation code for call service Only if the user enters a valid activation code the IP phone will use this account to dial out a call successfully Off hook hot line dialing feature is configurable on a per line basis and depends on support from a SIP server Not...

Page 284: ...ok key or desired line key or dials out a call using account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the phone will first dial out the pre configured number configured by the parameter account X auto_dial_num when a user lifts the handset presses the Speakerphone off hook key or desired line key dials out a call using account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ra...

Page 285: ...ot applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones handset and Speakerphone key are not applicable to CP860 IP phones off hook key is only applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Directory provides easy access to frequently used lists Users can access lists by pressing the Dir soft key when the IP phone is idle The lists can be Local Directory History Remote ...

Page 286: ...this field priority 1 2 3 4 5 and 6 1 is the highest priority 6 is the lowest The display priority of the directory list enable 0 1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Directory list whether to display on the IP phone LCD screen Customizing a directory template 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each directory list that you want to configure edit the corresponding string in the file For example...

Page 287: ...rectory template file Example directory_setting url http 192 168 1 20 favorite_setting xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and downloads the directory file favorite_setting xml Note It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Directory Setting Directory Phone User Interface None To configure the directory via w...

Page 288: ... supplied super search template file super_search xml You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for super search template You can also obtain the super search template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the super search template refer to Obtaining Configuration Files and Resource Files on page 52 The following table li...

Page 289: ...irectory list edit the values within double quotes in the following strings item id_name local_directory_search display_name Local Contacts priority 1 enable 1 3 Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server e g 192 168 1 20 4 Specify the access URL of the custom super search template file in the configuration files e g super_search url http 192 168 1 20 super_search xml Procedure...

Page 290: ...cess the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and downloads the super search template file super_search xml Web User Interface Directory Setting Search Source List In Dialing Phone User Interface None To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Setting 2 In the Search Source List In Dialing block select the desired list from the Disab...

Page 291: ... log consists of four lists Missed Calls Placed Calls Received Calls and Forwarded Calls Each call log list supports up to 100 entries To store call information you must enable save call log feature in advance You can access the call history information via web user interface Directory Phone Call Info Procedure Call log can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File ...

Page 292: ...arameter Permitted Values Default features save_call_history 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to save the call log 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone cannot log the missed calls placed calls received calls and the forwarded calls in the call log lists Web User Interface Features General Information Save Call Log Phone User Interface Menu Features Hist...

Page 293: ...he change Call list show number allows the IP phone to show the phone number instead of the name in the call log list To use this feature make sure the save call log feature is enabled For more information on save call log refer to Save Call Log on page 269 Procedure Call list show number can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure call...

Page 294: ...the IP phone to show the other party s phone number instead of the name in the call log lists 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will show the other party s name in the call log lists If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will show the other party s phone number in the call log lists Note It works only if the value of the parameter features save_call_history is set to 1 ...

Page 295: ...configurable on a per line basis Once the user accesses the Missed Calls list the prompt message and indicator icon on the idle screen disappear Procedure Missed call log can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure missed call log feature Parameter account X missed_calllog Local Web User Interface Configure missed call log feature Navigate to For...

Page 296: ...ed calls If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone displays a message on the idle screen and logs the missed call in the Missed Calls list when missed calls X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 ...

Page 297: ...e directly You can also add multiple contacts at a time and or share contacts between IP phones using the local contact template file After setup place the template file to the provisioning server and specify the access URL of the template file in the configuration files The existing local contacts on the IP phones will be overridden by the downloaded local contacts You can ask the distributor or ...

Page 298: ...e String An element of contact Contact name Note This value cannot be blank or duplicated office_number String Office number of the contact mobile_number String Mobile number of the contact other_number String Other number of the contact line 1 15 Multiple line IDs are separated by commas The desired line you want to add the contact to Note This is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phone...

Page 299: ...IP T41P T27P 1 5 1 stands for Auto the first registered line 0 5 stand for line1 line6 SIP T40P T23P T23G 1 2 1 stands for Auto the first registered line 0 2 stand for line1 line3 SIP T21 P E2 1 1 1 stands for Auto the first registered line 0 1 stand for line1 line2 The contact avatar format must meet the following Phone Model Format Resolution Single File Size Total File Size SIP VP T49G jpg png ...

Page 300: ... Splash wav contact display_name Lily office_number 1020 mobile_number 1021 other_number 1112 line 1 2 ring Resource Ring1 wav group_id_name Friend 5 Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server 6 Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template in the configuration files For example local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml During the auto provisioning pro...

Page 301: ...ovisioning server 6 Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template in the configuration files For example local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the contact file contact xml This scenario is applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones To specify c...

Page 302: ...ll 7 Zip on the local system 2 Create a folder e g photo on the local system e g C Program Files and place the file that will be compressed e g cutom1 jpg cutom2 png to this folder 3 Start the 7 Zip file manager application 7zFM exe 4 Locate the photo folder from the local system C Program Files photo 5 Select the desired photos that will be compressed 6 Click the Add button ...

Page 303: ... editor 2 For each group that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line group display_name ring 3 For each contact that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line contact display_name office_number mobile_number other_number line ring group_id_name default_photo 4 Specify the values within double quotes For example ...

Page 304: ...168 10 25 and downloads the contact file contact xml and avatar pictures cutom1 jpg and cutom2 png Method 2 local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml local_contact image url tftp 192 168 10 25 photo tar For more information on generating a contact avatar file photo tar refer to Preparing the Tar Formatted File on page 279 During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to th...

Page 305: ...fer to Preparing the Tar Formatted File on page 279 Note To customize a local contact file 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each group that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line group display_name ring 3 For each contact that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line contact display_name off...

Page 306: ...hoto url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom2 png local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml local_contact icon_image url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom1 jpg local_contact icon_image url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom2 png During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the avatars cutom1 jpg and cutom2 png icons cutom1 jpg and cutom2 png and t...

Page 307: ...ustom icons downloaded from the provisioning server Procedure Local directory be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the local contact file xml Parameter local_contact data url Specify the access URL of a contact avatar file Parameter local_contact photo url ...

Page 308: ...meter local_contact data_photo_tar url Specify the access URL of a TAR contact icon file Parameter local_contact icon url Local Web User Interface Add a new group and a contact to the local directory To import or export the local contact file Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p contactsbasic q load num 1 group For ...

Page 309: ...t avatar file should be uploaded to the provisioning server in advance Example local_contact photo url tftp 192 168 10 25 Photo jpg Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None local_contact icon_image url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configur...

Page 310: ... SIP T48G T46G T29G IP phones For SIP VP T49G IP phones if you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None local_contact data_photo_tar url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the compressed TAR file consisting of the avatars TAR file and contact XML file All avatars needed for ...

Page 311: ... photo2 tar Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones For SIP VP T49G IP phones if you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To add a group to the local directory via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Local Directory 2 In the Group Setting block enter the desired group name in the Gro...

Page 312: ... Account If Auto is selected the IP phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact from the local directory 6 Click Add to add the contact To add a group to the local directory via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Directory Local Directory 2 Press the AddGr soft key 3 Enter the desired group name in the Name field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired group...

Page 313: ... Directory Local Directory 2 Click Browse to locate a contact list file the file format must be csv from your local system 3 Optional Check the Show Title checkbox It will prevent importing the title of the contact information which is located in the first line of the CSV file 4 Click Import CSV to import the contact list 5 Optional Mark the On radio box in the Delete Old Contacts field It will de...

Page 314: ...enu Directory Local Directory 2 Select the desired contact group and then press the Enter soft key 3 Press the Add soft key 4 Enter the name and the office mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields 5 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired account from the Account field If Auto is selected the IP phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact from the ...

Page 315: ...IPAddress servlet p settings preference q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings prefe rence q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting predial_autodial 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the live dialpad feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically dial out the entered...

Page 316: ...r the desired delay time in the Inter Digit Time 1 14s field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Call waiting allows IP phones to receive a new incoming call when there is already an active call The new incoming call is presented to the user visually on the LCD screen Call waiting tone allows the IP phone to play a short tone to remind the user audibly of a new incoming call during conversation C...

Page 317: ... waiting Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gene ral q load Configure call waiting tone Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features audio q ...

Page 318: ...Web User Interface Features General Information Call Waiting Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Waiting Call Waiting call_waiting tone 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to play the call waiting tone when the IP phone receives an incoming call during a call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will perform an audible indicator when receiving a new inc...

Page 319: ...nk Description Configures the call waiting off code to deactivate the server side call waiting feature The IP phone will send the call waiting off code to the server when you deactivate call waiting feature on the IP phone Example call_waiting off_code 72 Web User Interface Features General Information Call Waiting Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Waiting Off Code To configure call...

Page 320: ...d value from the Call Waiting field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Play Tone field 4 Optional Enter the call waiting on code in the On Code field 5 Optional Enter the call waiting off code in the Off Code field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Redial tone allows IP phones to continue to play the dial tone after inputting the preset numbers on t...

Page 321: ...nteger within 6 digits Blank Description Configures the IP phone to continue to play the dial tone after inputting the preset numbers on the dialing screen Example features redial_tone 123 The IP phone will continue to play the dial tone after inputting 123 on the dialing screen If it is left blank the IP phone will not play the dial tone after inputting numbers on the dialing screen Web User Inte...

Page 322: ...Headset or Headset Speaker the headset either a wired headset or Bluetooth headset should be connected to the IP phone and the headset mode also should be activated in advance You can press the HEADSET key to activate the headset mode For more information refer to the Yealink phone specific user guide Note Procedure Ringer device for headset can be configured using the configuration files or local...

Page 323: ...dset 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the ringer device for the IP phone 0 Use Speaker 1 Use Headset 2 Use Headset Speaker If the ringer device is set to Headset or Headset Speaker the headset should be connected to the IP phone and the headset mode also should be activated in advance Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Audio Ringer Device for Headset Phone Us...

Page 324: ...e Procedure Auto redial can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure auto redial feature Parameters auto_redial enable auto_redial interval auto_redial times Local Web User Interface Configure auto redial feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p featur...

Page 325: ...dial auto_redial interval Integer from 1 to 300 10 Description Configures the interval in seconds for the IP phone to wait between redials The IP phone redials the dialed number at regular intervals till the callee answers the call Web User Interface Features General Information Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Phone User Interface Menu Features Auto Redial Redial Interval auto_redial times Integer fro...

Page 326: ... from the Auto Redial field 3 Enter the waiting time in seconds in the Redial Interval field 4 Enter the desired times in the Redial Times field 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Auto answer allows IP phones to automatically answer an incoming call IP phones will not automatically answer the incoming call during a call even if auto answer is enabled Auto answer is configurable on a pe...

Page 327: ...ify a period of delay time for auto answer Parameter features auto_answer_delay Configure auto answer tone Parameter features auto_answer_tone enable Local Web User Interface Configure auto answer Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account basic q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p...

Page 328: ...IPAddress servlet p account basic q load acc 0 Phone User Interface Configure auto answer Configure auto answer mute Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X auto_answer 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables auto answer feature for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone can automatically answer an incoming call X ranges fro...

Page 329: ... 0 Description Enables or disables auto answer mute feature for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will mute the microphone when an incoming call is automatically answered and then the other party cannot hear you Note It is only applicable to CP860 IP phones It works only if the values of parameters account X auto_answer and features allow_mute are set to 1 Enabl...

Page 330: ...ered 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note For the call coming from a SIP account it works only if the value of the parameter account X auto_answer is set to 1 Enabled It is also applicable to IP calls Web User Interface Features General Information Enable auto answer tone Phone User Interface None To configure auto answer via web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Click on Account Basic 2 S...

Page 331: ...desired value from the pull down list of Auto Answer 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Auto Answer Mute 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a period of delay time for auto answer via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Enter the desired time in the Auto Answer Delay 1 4s field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 332: ...e desired value from the Line ID field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Status field 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure auto answer via phone user interface take SIP T46G IP phones for example 1 Press Menu Features Auto Answer 2 Select the desired line 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Auto Answer f...

Page 333: ...For more information on allow IP call refer to Allow IP Call on page 314 Procedure IP direct auto answer can only be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure IP direct auto answer feature Parameter For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 features ip_call_auto_answer ena ble For SIP VP T49G account 17 au...

Page 334: ...face Feature General Information IP Direct Auto Answer Phone User Interface None account 17 auto_answer 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the auto answer feature for IP call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone can automatically answer IP call Note It works only if the value of the parameter features direct_ip_call_enable is set to 1 Enabled The IP phone cannot automa...

Page 335: ...1 Click on Account SIP IP Call 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of IP Direct Auto Answer 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure IP direct auto answer via phone user interface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Tap Advanced default password admin VC Accounts SIP IP Call 2 Tap the IP Direct Auto Answer field and then tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box 3...

Page 336: ...ate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account direc t q load acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features direct_ip_call_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables allow IP address call 0 Disable...

Page 337: ...ced default password admin VC Accounts SIP IP Call Allow IP Call To configure allow IP call feature via web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Allow IP Call 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure allow IP call feature via web user interface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example...

Page 338: ...nly enables the IP phones to only accept the SIP message from your SIP server and outbound proxy server It can prevent the phone receiving ghost calls from random numbers like 100 1000 etc To stop this from happening you also need to disable allow IP call feature For more information on allow IP call refer to Allow IP Call on page 314 Procedure Accept SIP trust server can be configured using the c...

Page 339: ...es or disables the IP phone to only accept the SIP message from the SIP and outbound proxy server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Accept SIP Trust Server Only Phone User Interface None To configure accept SIP trust server only feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Accept SIP ...

Page 340: ... Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 10 20 32 5060 branch z9hG4bK2880274891 From 10111 sip 10111 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 8643512 To sip 1000 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 4025601441 Call ID 4_2103527761 10 10 20 32 CSeq 2 SUBSCRIBE Contact sip 10111 10 10 20 32 5060 Accept application dialog info xml Max Forwards 70 User Agent Yealink SIP T23G 44 80 0 60 Expires 60 Event dialog Content Length 0 Example of a NOTIFY message The sub...

Page 341: ...e The busy party has finished the call and is available again A new notification update from the busy party is received by the caller NOTIFY sip 10111 10 10 20 32 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 10 20 31 5060 branch z9hG4bK3431394016 From sip 1000 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 1558968605 To 10111 sip 10111 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 140677866 Call ID 0_2584152566 10 10 20 32 CSeq 5 NOTIFY Contact sip 1000 10 10 20 3...

Page 342: ...ervlet m mod_data p features gene ral q load Phone User Interface Configure call completion Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features call_completion_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables call completion feature If a user places a call and the callee is temporarily unavailable to answer the call call completion feature allows notifying the user wh...

Page 343: ...the Save soft key to accept the change Anonymous call allows the caller to conceal the identity information displayed on the callee s screen The callee s phone LCD screen prompts an incoming call from anonymity Anonymous call is configurable on a per line basis Example of anonymous SIP header Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 14 5060 branch z9hG4bK3074920774 From Anonymous sip anonymous anonymous invalid ta...

Page 344: ... on off code to the server Procedure Anonymous call can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure anonymous call Parameters account X anonymous_call account X send_anonymous_code account X anonymous_call_oncode account X anonymous_call_offcode Local Web User Interface Configure anonymous call Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T...

Page 345: ...unt Basic Local Anonymous Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Call Local Anonymous account X send_anonymous_code 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the IP phone to send anonymous on off code to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature for account X 0 Off Code 1 On Code If it is set to 0 Off Code the IP phone will send anonymous off code to the server when you deactivate the...

Page 346: ...r SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 anonymous_call_oncode 72 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X send_anonymous_code is set to 1 On Code Web User Interface Account Basic Send Anonymous Code On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Call On Code account X anonymous_call_offcode String within 32 characters Blank Description Config...

Page 347: ...Anonymous 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Send Anonymous Code 5 Optional Enter the anonymous call on code in the On Code field 6 Optional Enter the anonymous call off code in the Off Code field 7 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the anonymous call via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Anonymous Call 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desir...

Page 348: ...O PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE User Agent Yealink SIP T23G 44 80 0 60 Allow Events talk hold conference refer check sync Content Length 0 The anonymous call rejection on code and anonymous call rejection off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call rejection feature They may vary on different ...

Page 349: ...ature The anonymous user s phone LCD screen presents Anonymity Disallowed X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Basic Local Anonymous Rejection Phone User Inte...

Page 350: ...Menu Features Anonymous Call Send Rejection Code account X anonymous_reject_oncode String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the anonymous call rejection on code to activate the server side anonymous call rejection feature for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 t...

Page 351: ... It works only if the value of the parameter account X send_anonymous_rejection_code is set to 0 Off Code Web User Interface Account Basic Send Anonymous Rejection Code Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Call Reject Off Code To configure anonymous call rejection via web user interface 1 Click on Account Basic 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Sele...

Page 352: ...d Reject Off Code field 8 Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel DND allows IP phones to ignore incoming calls DND feature can be configured on a phone or a per line basis depending on the DND mode Two DND modes Phone default DND feature is effective for the IP phone Custom DND feature can be configured for each or all accounts A user can activate or deactivate...

Page 353: ...rocedure DND can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure DND in the custom mode Parameters account X dnd enable account X dnd on_code account X dnd off_code y0000000000xx cfg Configure the DND mode Parameter features dnd_mode Configure DND in the phone mode Parameters features dnd enable features dnd on_code features dnd off_code Specify the auth...

Page 354: ...27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features forward q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features forwar d q load Specify the authorized numbers when DND is enabled Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is enabled Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP86...

Page 355: ...tted Values Default features dnd_mode 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the DND mode for the IP phone 0 Phone 1 Custom If it is set to 0 Phone DND feature is effective for the IP phone If it is set to 1 Custom you can configure DND feature for each account Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND DND Mode Phone User Interface None account ...

Page 356: ...send the DND on code to the server when you activate DND feature for account X on the IP phone X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 dnd on_code 73 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features d...

Page 357: ... set to 1 On the IP phone will reject incoming calls on all accounts Note For Yealink IP phones except SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features dnd_model is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND DND DND Status Phone User Interface Menu Features DND DND Enable features dnd on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the DND on...

Page 358: ...face Features Forward DND DND DND Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features DND Off Code features dnd emergency_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to receive incoming calls from authorized numbers when DND feature is enabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Forward DND DND DND Emergency Phone User Interface None features dnd emergency_authorized_number S...

Page 359: ...face Features General Information Return Code When DND Phone User Interface None DND Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameter Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 5 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as...

Page 360: ... 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 5 Default For line keys For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T46G T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T42G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 1...

Page 361: ...efault value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T42G T41P T40P IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 Histo...

Page 362: ... value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is ...

Page 363: ...ult value is 0 NA For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the ...

Page 364: ...eb user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key or Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select DND from the pull down list of Type 3 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure DND feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features Forward DND 2 In the DND block mark the desired radio box in the Mode field...

Page 365: ...he DND off code in the DND Off Code field b If you mark the Custom radio box 1 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 2 Mark the desired radio box in the DND Status field 3 Optional Enter the DND on code in the DND On Code field ...

Page 366: ...de in the DND Off Code field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To specify the authorized numbers when DND is enabled via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DND Emergency 3 Enter the desired value in the DND Authorized Numbers field ...

Page 367: ...eparated by commas 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To specify the return code and the reason when DND is enabled via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Return Code When DND ...

Page 368: ...Press the DND soft key or the DND key when the IP phone is idle The LCD screen displays a list of accounts registered on the IP phone 2 Press or to select the desired account 3 Press or to select Enabled to activate DND You can configure DND in the custom mode for all accounts by pressing the All On soft key 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Busy tone is audible to the other party ind...

Page 369: ...onds for the busy tone When one party releases the call a busy tone is audible to the other party indicating that the call connection breaks 0 0s 3 3s 5 5s If it is set to 3 3s a busy tone is audible for 3 seconds on the IP phone Web User Interface Features General Information Busy Tone Delay Seconds Phone User Interface None To configure busy tone delay via web user interface 1 Click on Features ...

Page 370: ...ured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when refusing a call Parameter features normal_refuse_code Local Web User Interface Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when refusing a call Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19...

Page 371: ...usy Here the caller s phone LCD screen will display the message Busy Here when the callee rejects the incoming call Web User Interface Features General Information Return Code When Refuse Phone User Interface None To specify the return code and the reason when refusing a call via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Return...

Page 372: ...IP phones to resume and play the local ringback tone upon a subsequent 180 message received Procedure 180 ring workaround can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure 180 ring workaround Parameter phone_setting is_deal180 Local Web User Interface Configure 180 ring workaround Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T...

Page 373: ...n 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of 180 Ring Workaround 3 Click Confirm to accept the change An outbound proxy server can receive all initiating request messages and route them to the designated destination If the IP phone is configured to use an outbound proxy server within a dialog all SIP request messages from the IP phone will be sent to the outbound proxy server forcibly N...

Page 374: ...rvlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default sip use_out_bound_in_dialog 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send all SIP requests to the outbound proxy server forcibly in a dialog 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled only the new SIP request messages from the IP phone will be sent to the outbo...

Page 375: ...T1 T2 and T4 are SIP transaction layer timers defined in RFC 3261 These session timers are configurable on IP phones Timer T1 Timer T1 is an estimate of the Round Trip Time RTT of transactions between a SIP client and SIP server Timer T2 Timer T2 represents the maximum retransmitting time of any SIP request message The re transmitting and doubling of T1 will continue until the retransmitting time ...

Page 376: ...e the network will take to clear messages between the SIP client and server Procedure SIP session timer can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure SIP session timer Parameters sip timer_t1 sip timer_t2 sip timer_t4 Local Web User Interface Configure SIP session timer Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21...

Page 377: ... message Web User Interface Settings SIP SIP Session Timer T2 2 40s Phone User Interface None sip timer_t4 Float from 2 5 to 60 5 Description Configures the SIP session timer of T4 in seconds T4 represents the maximum duration a message will remain in the network Web User Interface Settings SIP SIP Session Timer T4 2 5 60s Phone User Interface None To configure session timer via web user interface...

Page 378: ...red as UAS the other client or the SIP server will function as a UAC The session expiration is negotiated via the Session Expires header in the INVITE message The negotiated refresher is always the UAC and it will send an UPDATE or request at the negotiated session expiration The value refresher uac included in the UPDATE message means that the UAC performs the refresh Example of UPDATE message UA...

Page 379: ...PAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account adv q load acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X session_timer enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the session timer for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled IP phone will send periodic UPDATE requests to refr...

Page 380: ...X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 session_timer expires 1800 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X session_timer enable is set to 1 Enabled Web...

Page 381: ... To configure session timer via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Session Timer 4 Enter the desired time interval in the Session Expires 30 7200s field 5 Select the desired refresher from the pull down list of Session Refresher 6 Click Confirm to accept the change Call...

Page 382: ...ed through the speakerphone Procedure Call hold can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the call hold tone and call hold tone delay Parameters features play_hold_tone enable features play_hold_tone delay Specify whether RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 outgoing hold signaling is used Parameter sip rfc2543_hold Local Web User Interface Configure t...

Page 383: ...re is a call on hold If it is set to 30 30s the IP phone will play a warning tone every 30 seconds when there is a call on hold Note It works only if the value of the parameter features play_hold_tone enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Play Hold Tone Delay Phone User Interface None sip rfc2543_hold 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to use...

Page 384: ... Interface None To configure call hold tone and call hold tone delay via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Play Hold Tone 3 Enter the desired time in the Play Hold Tone Delay field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure call hold method via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information ...

Page 385: ...The MoH server account automatically responds to the INVITE message and immediately plays audio from some source located anywhere LAN Internet to the held party Note Procedure Music on hold can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure music on hold on a per line basis Parameter account X music_server_uri Configure the way on how the IP phone proce...

Page 386: ... Values Default account X music_server_uri SIP URI within 256 characters Blank Description Configures the address of the Music On Hold server for account X Examples for valid values 10 1 3 165 10 1 3 165 sip moh sip com sip moh sip com yealink com or yealink com X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X rang...

Page 387: ...ng 1 Calling the Music On Hold server after holding X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure MoH via web user interface 1 Clic...

Page 388: ...wer Forward Forward the incoming call after a period of ring time Call forward can be configured on a phone or a per line basis depending on the call forward mode The following describes the call forward modes Phone default Call forward feature is effective for the IP phone Custom Call forward feature can be configured for each or all accounts The server side call forward settings disable the loca...

Page 389: ... the prefix is 00 This feature is enabled by default Forward Emergency Forward emergency allows the incoming calls from some authorized numbers not to be forwarded when the call forward feature is enabled The incoming call will not be logged in the Forwarded Calls list This feature is disabled by default Procedure Call forward can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuratio...

Page 390: ...ode Configure call forward in phone mode Parameters forward always enable forward always target forward always on_code forward always off_code forward busy enable forward busy target forward busy on_code forward busy off_code forward no_answer enable forward no_answer target forward no_answer timeout forward no_answer on_code forward no_answer off_code Configure diversion history info feature Para...

Page 391: ... ard q load Configure diversion history info feature Configure forward international Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Phone User Interface Configure call forward Configure forward international Details of Co...

Page 392: ...immediately X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forw...

Page 393: ...en you activate always forward feature for account X on the IP phone X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 always_fwd on_code 72 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1...

Page 394: ...Call Forward Always Forward Off Code account X busy_fwd enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers busy forward feature to on or off for account X 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On incoming calls to the account X are forwarded to the destination number when the callee is busy X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P ...

Page 395: ... account X busy_fwd on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the busy forward on code to activate the server side busy forward feature for account X The IP phone will send the busy forward on code and the pre configured destination number to the server when you activate busy forward feature for account X on the IP phone X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T2...

Page 396: ...only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Busy Forward Off Code account X timeout_fwd enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers no answer forward feature to on or off for account X 0 Off 1 On If ...

Page 397: ...de is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward Target Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward No Answer Forward Forward to account X timeout_fwd timeout Integer from 0 to 20 2 Description Configures ring times N to wait before forwarding incoming calls for account X Incoming calls will be forw...

Page 398: ...SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 timeout_fwd on_code 76 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward No Answer Forward On Code account X t...

Page 399: ...orized numbers not to be forwarded when the call forward feature is enabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Forward Emergency Phone User Interface None features forward emergency authorized_number String within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the authorized numbers not to be forwarded even if call forward feature is enabled Multiple numbers are sepa...

Page 400: ...ways forward for the IP phone Note For Yealink IP phones except SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Always Forward Target Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Always Forward Forward to forward always on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the alway...

Page 401: ...e value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Always Forward Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Always Forward Off Code forward busy enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers the busy forward feature to on or off 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number when the callee is b...

Page 402: ...e busy forward on code and the pre configured destination number to the server when you activate busy forward feature on the IP phone Example forward busy on_code 74 Note For Yealink IP phones except SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Busy Forward On Code Phone User Interface Menu Fe...

Page 403: ...eter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward On Off Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward No Answer Forward No Answer Forward forward no_answer target String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the destination number of the no answer forward for the IP phone Example forward no_answer target 3603 Note For Yealink ...

Page 404: ...ill send the no answer forward on code and the pre configured destination number to the server when you activate no answer forward feature on the IP phone Example forward no_answer on_code 76 Note For Yealink IP phones except SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward On Co...

Page 405: ...iversion History Info Phone User Interface None forward international enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to forward incoming calls to international numbers the prefix is 00 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Fwd International Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin FWD International FWD International To...

Page 406: ...umber you want to forward in the Target field 3 Optional Enter the on code and off code in the On Code and Off Code fields 4 Select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the pull down list of After Ring Time 0 120s only for the no answer forward b If you mark the Custom radio box 1 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 2 Mark the desired radio box in the Always Busy ...

Page 407: ...ge To configure Diversion History Info feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Diversion History Info 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure forward international via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information ...

Page 408: ...er you want to forward all incoming calls to in the Forward to field 3 Optional Enter the always forward on code and off code respectively in the On Code and Off Code field b If you select Busy Forward 1 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Busy Forward field 2 Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to when the IP phone is busy in the Fo...

Page 409: ...Optional Enter the always forward on code and off code respectively in the On Code and Off Code field You can also configure the always forward for all accounts After the always forward was configured for a specific account do the following 1 Press or to highlight the Always Forward field 2 Press the All Lines soft key The LCD screen prompts Copy to all lines 3 Press the OK soft key to accept the ...

Page 410: ...soft key to accept the change To configure forward international via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin FWD International 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the FWD International field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Call transfer enables IP phones to transfer an existing call to another party IP phones...

Page 411: ..._hook_enable transfer on_hook_trans_enable Configure semi attended transfer feature Parameter transfer semi_attend_tran_enable Local Web User Interface Specify whether to complete the transfer through on hook Configure semi attended transfer feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features transfer q load For SI...

Page 412: ...one to complete the semi attended attended transfer through on hook besides pressing the Tran Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Transfer Attended Transfer On Hook Phone User Interface None transfer semi_attend_tran_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the transfer to party s phone not to prompt a missed call on the LCD screen before ...

Page 413: ...ence using the REFER method specified in RFC 4579 This feature depends on support from a SIP server Procedure Network conference can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure network conference Parameters account X conf_type account X conf_uri Local Web User Interface Configure network conference Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T...

Page 414: ...for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced Conference Type Phone User Interface None account X conf_uri SIP URI within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the network conference URI for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X range...

Page 415: ...t of Conference Type 4 Enter the conference URI in the Conference URI field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change Feature key synchronization provides the capability to synchronize the status of the following features between the IP phone and the server Do Not Disturb DND Call Forwarding Always CFA Call Forwarding Busy CFB Call Forwarding No Answer CFNA If feature key synchronization is enabled a u...

Page 416: ... feature key synchronization Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameters Permitted Values Default bw feature_key_sync 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables feature key s...

Page 417: ...her two parties to remain connected when the conference initiator drops the conference call Procedure Transfer on conference hang up can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the transfer on conference hang up Parameter transfer tran_others_after_conf_e nable Local Web User Interface Configure the transfer on conference hang up Naviga...

Page 418: ...rties after the conference initiator drops the local conference call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the other two parties remain connected when the conference initiator drops the conference call Note It works only if the value of parameter account X conf_type is set to 0 Local Conference Web User Interface Features Transfer Transfer on Conference Hang up Phone User Interface None T...

Page 419: ...List For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 940 Procedure Transfer mode via dsskey can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the transfer mode via dsskey Parameter transfer dsskey_deal_type Local Web User Interface Configure the transfer mode via dsskey Navigate to For SIP ...

Page 420: ...ansfer 2 Blind Transfer Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Transfer Transfer Mode via Dsskey Phone User Interface None To configure transfer mode via dsskey via web user interface 1 Click on Features Transfer 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Transfer Mode via Dsskey 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Allow trans exist ca...

Page 421: ...another existing call during multiple calls when user presses the Tran Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the user can select to transfer the active call to a new call or another existing call during multiple calls when the user presses the Tran Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key If it is set to 0 Disabled the user can transfer the active call...

Page 422: ...This feature depends on support from a SIP server For many SIP servers directed call pickup requires a directed pickup code which can be configured on a phone or a per line basis Note Procedure Directed call pickup can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the directed call pickup code on a per line basis Parameter account X direct_pickup_code ...

Page 423: ...Y line linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Assign a directed call pickup key Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_da...

Page 424: ...allp ickup q load Phone User Interface Assign a directed call pickup key Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X direct_pickup_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the directed call pickup code for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P...

Page 425: ...ckup Directed Call Pickup Phone User Interface None features pickup direct_pickup_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the directed call pickup code on a phone basis Example features pickup direct_pickup_code 97 Note The directed call pickup code configured on a per line basis takes precedence over that configured on a phone basis Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Di...

Page 426: ...s from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 10 13 for SIP T42G T41P T40P X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 ...

Page 427: ...e default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T48G T46G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 ...

Page 428: ...ult value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 N...

Page 429: ...the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For CP860 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is ...

Page 430: ...1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 10 13 for SIP T42G T41P T40P X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Permitted Values 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G 1 to 12 for SIP T42G 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 1...

Page 431: ...amable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 10 13 for SIP T42G T41P T40P X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 value 1008 Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Value P...

Page 432: ...e Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure a directed call pickup key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key or Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Direct Pickup from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the directed call pickup code followed by the specific extension in the Value field 4 Optional Enter the strin...

Page 433: ...ure on a phone basis via web user interface 1 Click on Features Call Pickup 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Directed Call Pickup 3 Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a directed pickup key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key ...

Page 434: ...ll pick up the first incoming call using a group pickup key or the GPickup soft key This feature depends on support from a SIP server For many SIP servers group call pickup requires a group pickup code which can be configured on a phone or a per line basis Procedure Group call pickup can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the group call pick...

Page 435: ...ure the group call pickup code on a per line basis Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T2 7P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p a ccount adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account adv q load acc 0 Configure group call pickup feature on a phone basis Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T2 7P T23P T23G T2...

Page 436: ...group_pickup_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the group pickup code for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 group_pickup_code 6...

Page 437: ...940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 23 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a group call pickup key on the IP phone The digit 23 stands for the key type Group Pickup For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T...

Page 438: ...ey 17 27 is 0 For SIP T42G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phon...

Page 439: ...When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 th...

Page 440: ...X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value ...

Page 441: ...r programable key Description Configures the desired line to apply the group call pickup key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G ...

Page 442: ... Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the group call pickup feature code For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP ...

Page 443: ...om 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Lab...

Page 444: ...per line basis via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure group call pickup feature on a phone basis via web user interface 1 Click on Features Call Pickup 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list ...

Page 445: ... change Call pickup is implemented through SIP signals on some specific servers When this feature is enabled IP phones support picking up incoming calls via the INVITE message which includes a Replaces header in the message body The value of Replaces is derived from a NOTIFY message with dialog info event A user can pick up an incoming call by pressing the DSS key used to monitor a specific extens...

Page 446: ...sage Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 10 20 18 5060 branch z9hG4bK2026058891 From 1010 sip 1010 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 826048502 To sip 1058 10 2 1 48 5060 Call ID 0_572446084 10 10 20 18 CSeq 1 INVITE Contact sip 1010 10 10 20 18 5060 Content Type application sdp Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE Max Forwards 70 User Agent Yealink SIP T23G 44 80 0...

Page 447: ...r of dialog info for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled call pickup is implemented through SIP signals X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones ...

Page 448: ... on the dialing screen Procedure Recent call in dialing can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cf g Configure recent call in dialing feature Parameters super_search recent_call Local Web User Interface Configure recent call in dialing feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T2 7P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAd...

Page 449: ...dialing feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled you can see the placed calls list when the IP phone is on the dialing screen For SIP VP T49G The default value is 1 For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 The default value is 0 Web User Interface Directory Setting Recent Call In Dialing Phone User Interface None To configure recent call in dialing...

Page 450: ...caller Recall is implemented on IP phones using a recall key Procedure Recall key can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Assign a recall key Parameter linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Assign a recall key Navigate t...

Page 451: ...ent Description Configures a DSS key as a recall key on the IP phone The digit 7 stands for the key type ReCall For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 ...

Page 452: ... 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP VP T49G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is...

Page 453: ...story When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default ...

Page 454: ...X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the def...

Page 455: ...o 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key...

Page 456: ...the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Call number filter feature allows IP phone to automatically filter designated characters when dialing Procedure Call number filter can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the characters the IP phone filters when dialing Pa...

Page 457: ...matically filter these characters when dialing Example features call_num_filter 12 If you dial 3 61 the IP phone will filter the characters and 1 and then dial out 36 Note If it is left blank the IP phone will not automatically filter any characters when dialing If you want to filter just a space you have to set the value to a space first followed by a comma Web User Interface Features General Inf...

Page 458: ... to park an active call to the shared parking lot through performing a blind transfer to a call park shared number call park code and retrieve the parked call from the shared parking lot through dialing the park retrieve code For some servers the system will return a specific call park retrieve number park retireve code from which the call can be retrieved after parking successfully Users can park...

Page 459: ...park park_retrieve_ code Assign a call park key Assign a retrieve park key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Configure the call park feature Configure the call park code Configure the park retireve code Navigate to...

Page 460: ...21 P E2 http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 Phone User Interface Assign a call park key Assign a retrieve park key Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features call_park park_mode 1 or 2 2 Description Configures the call park mode 1 FAC 2 Transfer Note It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Cal...

Page 461: ...o the call park key Note It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Call Park Code Phone User Interface None features call_park park_retrieve_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the park retireve code for the Retrieve soft key This park retrieve code park retrieval number will also apply to the retrieve park key Note It is ...

Page 462: ...for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 10 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T46G T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 F...

Page 463: ... the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the call park key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 ...

Page 464: ... 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 value 88 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line key Value Phone User Interface Menu Features...

Page 465: ...gure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 56 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a call park key on the IP phone The digit 56 stands for the key type Retrieve Park For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G ...

Page 466: ...alue of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSK...

Page 467: ... T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 1 line 1 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the call park feature code For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 f...

Page 468: ... ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phone...

Page 469: ...om the pull down list of Call Park 4 Optional Enter the call park shared number call park code in the Call Park Code field 5 Optional Enter the call park retrieval number park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a call park key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch so...

Page 470: ...ing an incoming call IP phones support deriving caller identity from three types of SIP header From P Asserted Identity PAI and Remote Party ID RPID Identity presentation is based on the identity in the relevant SIP header Note The following sessions show the enhancements of calling line identification presentation according to the calling line identification source configured on the IP phones 1 T...

Page 471: ...erentially if there is a Privacy id in the INVITE request the caller identification information will be hidden and the IP phone LCD screen presents anonymous 2 If there is not any Privacy id header in the INVITE request the IP phone checks and presents the caller identification from the P Preferred Identity header 3 If there is not P Preferred Identity header in the INVITE request the IP phone che...

Page 472: ...equest the IP phone checks and presents the caller identification from the P Asserted Identity header 5 If there is not P Asserted Identity in the INVITE request the IP phone presents the caller identification derived from the FROM header For more information on calling line identification presentation refer to Calling and Connected Line Identification Presentation on Yealink IP Phones Procedure C...

Page 473: ...entity when receiving an incoming call for account X 0 FROM 1 PAI 2 PAI FROM 3 RPID PAI FROM 4 PAI RPID FROM 5 RPID FROM X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account ...

Page 474: ...ppi 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to process the P Preferred Identity PPI header for caller identity presentation when receiving an incoming call for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2...

Page 475: ...fferent from the called line identification presentation due to call diversion Note The following sessions show the enhancements of connected line identification according to the connected line identification source configured on the IP phones 1 The IP phone checks Privacy id header preferentially if there is a Privacy id in the 18X or 200OK response the connected line identification information w...

Page 476: ...ntification on the LCD screen should be refreshed according the FROM SIP carried in the UPDATE message For more information on connected line identification presentation refer to Calling and Connected Line Identification Presentation on Yealink IP Phones Procedure COLP can be configured only using the configuration files Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the presentation of the callee s identit...

Page 477: ...21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X cid_source_privacy 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to process Privacy header field in the SIP message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X r...

Page 478: ...ompliant to RFC 2833 INBAND DTMF digits are transmitted in the voice band SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by SIP INFO messages The method of transmitting DTMF digits is configurable on a per line basis RFC 2833 DTMF digits are transmitted using the RTP Event packets that are sent along with the voice path These packets use RFC 2833 format and must have a payload type that matches what the oth...

Page 479: ...guration File MAC cfg Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digit and the payload type on per line basis Parameters account X dtmf type account X dtmf dtmf_payload account X dtmf info_type Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digit and the payload type for IP call Parameters account 17 dtmf type account 17 dtmf dtmf_payload account 17 dtmf info_type y0000000000xx cfg Configure the number ...

Page 480: ...http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p account a dv q load acc 0 Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digits and the payload type for IP call Navigate to For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p account d irect q load acc 0 Configure the number of times for the IP phone to send the end RTP Event packet Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T 29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P...

Page 481: ... INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by RTP Events compliant to RFC 2833 and the SIP INFO messages X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced DTMF Type Phone ...

Page 482: ...oad for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of parameter account X dtmf type is set to 1 RFC2833 or 3 RFC2833 SIP INFO Web User Interface Acco...

Page 483: ...or SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of parameter account X dtmf type is set to 2 SIP INFO or 3 RFC2833 SIP INFO Web User Interface Account Advanced DTMF Info Type Phone User Interface None account 17 dtmf info_type 1 2 or 3 1 Description Configures the DTMF info type for IP call 1 DTMF Relay 2 DTMF 3 Telephone Event Note It works only if the value...

Page 484: ... value two or more same DTMF digits could be identified as one DTMF digit This may cause the loss of one or more DTMF digits For example 2662 may be identified as 262 If so you can modify the value of this parameter to a little lower than the default value Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None features dtmf volume Integer from 33 to 0 10 Description Configures the frequency level of DT...

Page 485: ... take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Click on Account SIP IP Call 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Type 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Info Type It is configurable only if DTMF Type field is set to SIP Info or RFC2833 SIP Info 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Payload Type 96 127 5 Click Confirm to accept the chang...

Page 486: ...pe field and then tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box 4 Enter the desired value in the DTMF Payload Type 96 127 field 5 Tap the Save soft key to accept the change Suppress DTMF display allows IP phones to suppress the display of DTMF digits during an active call DTMF digits are displayed as on the LCD screen Suppress DTMF display delay defines whether to display the DTMF digits for a sh...

Page 487: ...Default features dtmf hide 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to suppress the display of DTMF digits during an active call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the DTMF digits are displayed as asterisks Web User Interface Features General Information Suppress DTMF Display Phone User Interface None features dtmf hide_delay 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP...

Page 488: ...e desired value from the pull down list of Suppress DTMF Display 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Suppress DTMF Display Delay 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Call transfer is implemented via DTMF on some traditional servers The IP phone sends specified DTMF digits to the server for transferring calls to third parties Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using ...

Page 489: ... function when pressing the Tran Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will perform the transfer as normal when pressing the Tran Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key during a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will transmit the designated DTMF digits to the server for performing call transfer when pressing the Tran Transfer ...

Page 490: ...Tran Send DTMF Phone User Interface None To configure transfer via DTMF via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Replace Tran 3 Enter the specified DTMF digits in the Tran Send DTMF field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Play local DTMF tone allows IP phones to play a local DTMF tone during an active call If this ...

Page 491: ... p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features play_local_dtmf_tone_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to play a local DTMF tone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled you can hear the DTMF tone when pressing the IP phone s...

Page 492: ... allow mute feature is disabled you cannot mute an active call Procedure Allow mute can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure allow mute feature Parameters features allow_mute Local Web User Interface Configure allow mute feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddre...

Page 493: ...User Interface Features General Information Allow Mute Phone User Interface None To configure allow mute via web user interface 1 Click on Feature General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Allow Mute 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Intercom allows establishing an audio conversation directly The IP phone can answer intercom calls automatically This feature depen...

Page 494: ...n intercom key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Assign an intercom key Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2...

Page 495: ...6G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 14 Default For line keys For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default v...

Page 496: ...DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line key Programa...

Page 497: ...21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 1 line 1 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the intercom number For line keys X ranges ...

Page 498: ...dule X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Fo...

Page 499: ...DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Intercom from the Type field 4 Select the desired line from the Account ID field 5 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Enter the remote extension number in the Value field 7 Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone can process incoming calls differently depending on settings There are...

Page 500: ...e y0000000000xx cfg Configure incoming intercom call feature Parameters features intercom allow features intercom mute features intercom tone features intercom barge Local Web User Interface Configure incoming intercom call feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features intercom q load For SIP VP T49G http ph...

Page 501: ...ophone when answering an intercom call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the microphone is muted for intercom calls and then the other party cannot hear you Note It works only if the value of the parameter features intercom allow is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Intercom Intercom Mute Phone User Interface Menu Features Intercom Intercom Mute features intercom tone 0 or ...

Page 502: ...m call while there is already an active call on the IP phone and place the active call on hold Note It works only if the values of parameters features intercom allow and call_waiting enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Intercom Intercom Barge Phone User Interface Menu Features Intercom Intercom Barge To configure intercom via web user interface 1 Click on Features Intercom 2 Se...

Page 503: ...ration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default phone_setting ringback_timeout Integer from 0 to 3600 180 Description Configures the duration time in seconds in the ringback state If it is set to 180 the phone will cancel the dialing if the call is not answered within 180 seconds Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Ringing timeout defines a specific period of time within which th...

Page 504: ...will send an INVITE request to the proxy server Send user phone feature allows adding user phone to the SIP header of the INVITE message Example of a SIP INVITE message INVITE sip 101 10 2 1 48 5060 user phone SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 6 5060 branch z9hG4bK2475812834 From 1010 sip 1010 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 3747068208 To sip 101 10 2 1 48 5060 user phone Call ID 0_4008470062 10 3 20 6 CSeq 1 IN...

Page 505: ...let p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default account X enable_user_equal_phone 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to add user phone to the SIP header of the INVITE message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP...

Page 506: ... down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Send user phone 4 Click Confirm to accept the change The IP phone can send the MAC address in the REGISTER message SIP send MAC allow adding Mac PhoneMACAddress e g Mac 00 15 65 74 b1 50 to the SIP header of the REGISTER message Example of a SIP REGISTER message REGISTER sip 10 2 1 48 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 1...

Page 507: ...ration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure SIP send MAC on a per line basis Parameters account X register_mac Local Web User Interface Configure SIP send MAC on a per line basis Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p ac...

Page 508: ... to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced SIP Send MAC Phone User Interface None To configure SIP send MAC feature via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of SIP Send MAC 4 Click Confirm to accept the change The IP phone can send the line number in th...

Page 509: ...ip 11 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 255071842 To 11 sip 11 10 2 1 48 5060 Call ID 1_2369214377 10 3 20 14 CSeq 2 REGISTER Contact sip 11 10 3 20 14 5060 line 1da6aa8d7254654 Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE Max Forwards 70 User Agent Yealink SIP T23G 44 80 0 60 Expires 0 Allow Events talk hold conference refer check sync Line 1 Content Leng...

Page 510: ... add line number to the SIP header of the REGISTER message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced SIP Send Line Phon...

Page 511: ...in the REGISTER message or INVITE message to SIP server Example of a SIP REGISTER message INVITE sip 2 10 2 1 48 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 6 5060 branch z9hG4bK1867789050 From 1010 sip 1010 23 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 1945988802 To sip 2 10 2 1 48 5060 Call ID 0_2336101648 10 3 20 6 CSeq 1 INVITE Contact sip 1010 23 10 3 20 6 5060 Content Type application sdp Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE C...

Page 512: ... E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gener al q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default sip use_23_as_pound 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to reserve the pound sign in the user name 0 Disabled convert the pound sign into 23 1 Enabled We...

Page 513: ...portant and confidential calls Procedure Password dial feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure password dial feature Parameters features password_dial enable features password_dial prefix features password_dial length Local Web User Interface Configure password dial feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G ...

Page 514: ...cription Configures the prefix of the password dial number Example features password_dial prefix 12 Web User Interface Features General Information PswPrefix Phone User Interface None features password_dial length Integer from 0 to 99 Blank Description Configures the number of digits to be hidden The hidden digits are displayed as asterisks on the LCD screen Example features password_dial length 3...

Page 515: ... field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change Unregister when reboot feature allows IP phones to unregister first before re registering the account when finishing a reboot Procedure Unregister when reboot can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure unregister when reboot Parameters account X unregister_on_reboot Local Web User Interface Configure u...

Page 516: ...nregister first before re registering account X when finishing a reboot 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced Unregister When Reb...

Page 517: ...Example of a SIP INVITE message INVITE sip 1024 pbx yealink com 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 6 197 5060 branch z9hG4bK1708689023 From 1025 sip 1025 pbx yealink com 5060 tag 1622206783 To sip 1024 pbx yealink com 5060 Call ID 0_537569052 10 3 6 197 CSeq 2 INVITE Contact sip 1025 10 3 6 197 5060 Authorization Digest username 1025 realm pbx yealink com nonce BroadWorksXi5stub71Ts2nb05BW uri sip ...

Page 518: ...ansmission feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default account X 100rel_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the 100 reliabl...

Page 519: ...hange Reboot in talking feature allows IP phones to reboot during an active call when it receives a reboot request by action URI For more information on action URI refer to Action URI on page 645 IP phones do not receive and handle HTTP HTTPS GET requests by default To use this feature you need to specify the trusted IP address es for action URI in advance For more information refer to Configuring...

Page 520: ...itted Values Default features reboot_in_talk_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the phone to reboot during a call when it receives a reboot request by action URI 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter features action_uri_limit_ip is set to any or trusted IP address es and it is not the first time for the IP phone to receive HTTP HTTPS GET request from th...

Page 521: ...the HEADSET key directly If you disable answer by hand feature you need to press the corresponding line key or the Answer soft key to answer an incoming call after picking up the handset pressing the Speakerphone key or pressing the HEADSET key It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Procedure Answer by hand can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000x...

Page 522: ...e None Phone User Interface None The IP phone automatically detects the available bandwidth for call connection by default You can specify the uplink and downlink bandwidths for the IP phone to achieve the best result Uplink bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth of outgoing calls and downlink bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth of incoming calls It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Procedure...

Page 523: ...4 384kb s 512 512kb s 640 640kb s 768 768kb s 1024 1024kb s 1280 1280kb s 1500 1500kb s 2000 2000kb s 3000 3000kb s 4000 4000kb s If it is set to 0 Auto the IP phone will select the appropriate transmitting bandwidth automatically Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Video Uplink Bandwidth Phone User Interface Menu Basic Video Setting Uplink Bandwidth fea...

Page 524: ...0 3000kb s 4000 4000kb s If it is set to 0 Auto the IP phone will select the appropriate receiving bandwidth automatically Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Video Downlink Bandwidth Phone User Interface Menu Basic Video Setting Downlink Bandwidth To configure bandwidth via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Video 2 Select the desired value from the...

Page 525: ...ge Yealink IP phones support capturing the screenshot and recording during a call Before capturing the screenshot and recording ensure that the USB flash drive has been inserted into the USB port of the phone Screenshot is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Recording is only applicable to SIP VP T49G and CP860 IP phones Screenshot feature allows users to capture the screenshot to a USB flash...

Page 526: ...ile y0000000000xx cfg Configure the screenshot feature Parameter features screenshot enable Details of Configuration Parameters Parameter Permitted Values Default features screenshot enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the screenshot feature for the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled you can capture screenshots by tapping the Screenshot soft key or pressing the MES...

Page 527: ...ime stamp and the other party s number IP address name or the first person s number IP address name you called for example 20150731 1630 Mishoel mkv was created on July 31 2015 at 16 30 and you have a call with Mishoel Recorded calls can be played on either the phone itself or on a computer using an application capable of playing mkv files For more information refer to Yealink_SIP_VP T49G_User_Gui...

Page 528: ...ng file size For example 20150911 1542 Bob 00 00 06 198 2KB was created on Sep 11 2015 at 15 42 and you have a call with Bob the duration of the call is 6 seconds and the size of the file is 198 2KB Recorded calls can be played on either the phone itself or on a computer using an application capable of playing wav files For more information refer to Yealink_CP860_User_Guide External Monitor featur...

Page 529: ... or disables the external monitor feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the HDMI configuration item will disappear from phone user interface Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None features hdmi_out_status 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to present the video images captured from camera both near s...

Page 530: ...508 Parameter Permitted Values Default Phone User Interface Menu Basic HDMI EXT Display To configure EXT display via phone user interface 1 Tap Basic HDMI 2 Tap the EXT Display field 3 Tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box 4 Tap the Save soft key to accept the change ...

Page 531: ... Code Automatic Call Distribution ACD Shared Call Appearance SCA Bridge Lines Appearance BLA Message Waiting Indicator Short Message Service SMS Multicast Paging Call Recording Hot Desking Logon Wizard Action URL Action URI Server Redundancy Static DNS Cache VLAN VPN Voice Quality Monitoring Quality of Service Network Address Translation Real Time Transport Protocol TR 069 Device Management IPv6 S...

Page 532: ...sted in Menu xml file After setup place the files Menu xml and Department xml to the provisioning server and specify the access URL of the file Menu xml in the configuration files You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for remote XML phone book template You can also obtain the remote XML phone book template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For mor...

Page 533: ...the end of a remote phone book file Create the title of a remote phone book between Title and Title MenuItem indicates the start of specifying a department file and MenuItem indicates the end of specifying a department file SoftKeyItem indicates the start of specifying an XML file and SoftKeyItem indicates the end of specifying an XML file To customize a Menu xml file 1 Open the template file usin...

Page 534: ...XML file that you want to add add the following strings to the file Each starts on a separate line SoftKeyItem Name Name URL http 10 2 9 1 99 Department xml URL SoftKeyItem 4 Save the file and place this file to the provisioning server 5 Specify the access URL of the remote phone book remote_phonebook data 1 url http 192 168 1 20 Menu xml ...

Page 535: ...data X name remote_phonebook display_name Specify whether to query the entry name from the remote phone book for outgoing incoming calls Parameter features remote_phonebook enable Specify how often the IP phone refreshes the local cache of the remote phone book Parameter features remote_phonebook flash_time Specify whether to refresh the local cache of the remote phone book at a time when accessin...

Page 536: ...book data X url X ranges from 1 to 5 URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the remote phone book Example remote_phonebook data 1 url http 192 168 1 20 phonebook xml Web User Interface Directory Remote Phone Book Remote URL Phone User Interface None remote_phonebook data X name X ranges from 1 to 5 String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the displ...

Page 537: ...rform a remote phone book search for an incoming or outgoing call and display the matched results on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Directory Remote Phone Book Incoming Outgoing Call Lookup Phone User Interface None features remote_phonebook flash_time 0 Integer from 3600 to 1296000 21600 Description Configures how often to refresh the local cache of the remote phone book I...

Page 538: ...Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To specify access URL of the remote phone book via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Remote Phone Book 2 Enter the access URL in the Remote URL field 3 Enter the name in the Display Name field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure incoming outgoing call lookup and update time interval via web user interface 1 Cl...

Page 539: ...sing IP phones Therefore they do not have to maintain the directory locally Users can search and dial out from the LDAP directory and save LDAP entries to the local directory LDAP entries displayed on the IP phone are read only which cannot be added edited or deleted by users When an LDAP server is properly configured the IP phone can look up entries from the LDAP server in a wide variety of ways ...

Page 540: ...dc dc Domain component company Company or organization name telephoneNumber Office phone number mobile mobilephoneNumber Mobile or cellular phone number ipPhone IPphoneNumber Home phone number For more information on LDAP refer to LDAP Phonebook on Yealink IP Phones Procedure LDAP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure LDAP Paramet...

Page 541: ...terface Configure LDAP Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p contacts LDAP q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p contacts LDA P q load Assign an LDAP key Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 For SIP VP T49...

Page 542: ...AP contact names look up The symbol in the filter stands for any character The symbol in the filter stands for the name prefix entered by the user Example ldap name_filter cn sn When the cn or sn of the LDAP contact starts with the entered prefix the record will be displayed on the LCD screen Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP Name Filter Pho...

Page 543: ...ne 0 LDAP Unencrypted connection between LDAP server and the IP phone port 389 is used by default 1 LDAP TLS Start TLS SSL connection between LDAP server and the IP phone port 389 is used by default 2 LDAPs TLS SSL connection between LDAP server and the IP phone port 636 is used by default Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP TLS Mode Phone Use...

Page 544: ...ch the LDAP search request begins The search base narrows the search scope and decreases directory search time Example ldap base dc yealink dc cn Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Directory LDAP Base Phone User Interface None ldap user String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the user name used to login the LDAP server This parameter can be left...

Page 545: ...from 1 to 32000 50 Description Configures the maximum number of search results to be returned by the LDAP server If the value of the Max Hits is blank the LDAP server will return all searched results Please note that a very large value of the Max Hits will slow down the LDAP search speed therefore it should be configured according to the available bandwidth Example ldap max_hits 50 Note It is not ...

Page 546: ...e LDAP server It compresses the search results You can configure multiple number attributes separated by spaces Example ldap numb_attr mobile ipPhone This requires the mobile and ipPhone attributes set for each contact record on the LDAP server Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP Number Attributes Phone User Interface None ldap display_name St...

Page 547: ...rotocol Phone User Interface None ldap call_in_lookup 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to perform an LDAP search when receiving an incoming call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP Lookup For Incoming Call Phone User Interface None ldap call_out_lookup 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP ph...

Page 548: ...the LDAP server if the incoming phone number starts with or 00 When completing the LDAP search the all search results will be displayed on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled For example If the phone receives an incoming call from the phone number 0044123456789 it will search 0044123456789 from the LDAP sever first if no result found it will search 44123456789 from the server again The phone will ...

Page 549: ...T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 10 13 for SIP T42G T41P T40P X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 Fo...

Page 550: ...ble keys For SIP VP T49G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T48G T46G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default valu...

Page 551: ... 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default v...

Page 552: ...n X 13 the default value is 0 NA For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 character...

Page 553: ...Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure LDAP via web user interface 1 Click on Directory LDAP 2 Enter the values in the corresponding fields 3 Select the desired values from the corresponding pull down lists 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure an LDAP key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key or Programable Key 2...

Page 554: ...n the supervisor s phone indicates that the user s phone is in use When the monitored user is idle the supervisor can press the BLF key to dial out the phone number When the monitored user receives an incoming call the supervisor can press the BLF key to pick up the call directly When the monitored user is in a call the supervisor can press the BLF key to interrupt and set up a conference call Not...

Page 555: ...Y sip 1010 10 3 20 1 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 2 5060 branch z9hG4bK276311022 From sip 1011 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 3436332841 To 1010 sip 1010 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 3098567568 Call ID 0_4117916748 10 3 20 1 CSeq 4 NOTIFY Contact sip 1011 10 3 20 2 5060 Content Type application dialog info xml Max Forwards 70 User Agent Yealink SIP T27P 45 80 0 20 Subscription State active expires 17 Event dial...

Page 556: ...LED status As there is no hard line key on SIP VP T49G and SIP T48G IP phones BLF LED mode configuration is only applicable to SIP T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones BLF LED mode is also applicable to the expansion module EXP40 connected to SIP T48G T46G IP phones EXP20 connected to SIP T29G and SIP T27P IP phones The following table lists the LED statuses of the BLF key wh...

Page 557: ...shing red 200ms The monitored user receives an incoming call Solid red The monitored user is dialing The monitored user is talking The monitored user s conversation is placed on hold This LED status requires server support Slow flashing red 1s The call is parked against the monitored user s phone number Off The monitored user is idle The monitored user does not exist Line Key Expansion Module Key ...

Page 558: ...e configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify whether to use visual alert and audio alert for BLF pickup Parameters features pickup blf_visual_enable features pickup blf_audio_enable Assign a BLF key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X pickup_val...

Page 559: ...eIPAddress servlet p dss key q load model 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m m od_data p dsskey q load Specify whether to use visual alert and audio alert for BLF pickup Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27 P T23P T23G T21 P E2 http phoneIPAddress servlet p fea tures callpickup q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m m od_data p features callpickup q loa ...

Page 560: ...one User Interface Assign a BLF key Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features pickup blf_visual_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display a visual alert when the monitored user receives an incoming call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Visua...

Page 561: ...f this parameter to 4 Web User Interface Features General Information BLF LED Mode Phone User Interface None account X blf subscribe_period Integer from 30 to 2147483647 1800 Description Configures the period in seconds of the BLF subscription for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges fr...

Page 562: ...2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X out_dialog_blf_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to handle NOTIFY messages out of the BLF dialog for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges...

Page 563: ...ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 16 Default For line keys For SIP VP T4...

Page 564: ...o 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1 16 correspond to the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the BLF key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 ...

Page 565: ... expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the number of the monitored user For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X range...

Page 566: ...r SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example line 1 pickup_value 88 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Extension Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Extension linekey...

Page 567: ...a web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select BLF from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor in the Value field 4 Select the desired line from the pull down list of Line 5 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Optional Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extensi...

Page 568: ...k Confirm to accept the change To configure BLF LED mode via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of BLF LED Mode 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure BLF subscription via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account ...

Page 569: ...itor in the Value field 7 Optional Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field 8 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Busy Lamp Field BLF List allows a list of specific extensions to be monitored for status changes It enables the monitoring phone to subscribe to a list of users and receive notifications of the status of monitored users Different indicators on the monitoring ...

Page 570: ...BLF list keys Parameter phone_setting auto_blf_list_enable Configure the order of BLF list keys assigned automatically Parameter phone_setting blf_list_sequence_type Assign a BLF List key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Local Web User Interface Configure BLF List For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27 P T23P T23G T21 P E2 http...

Page 571: ...omatically configure the BLF list keys 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None phone_setting blf_list_sequence_type 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the order of BLF list keys assigned automatically 0 Line Key Ext Key 1 Ext Key Line Key Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting auto_blf...

Page 572: ... com Phone User Interface None account X blf_list_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the feature access code for directed call pickup for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It is n...

Page 573: ..._retrieve_call_parked_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the feature access code for the call park retrieve for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P...

Page 574: ...or SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 39 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T46G T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 Fo...

Page 575: ...to the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the BLF List key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22...

Page 576: ...ed 2 Select the account e g account 1 from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the BLF List URI in the BLF List URI field 4 Optional Enter the directed pickup code in the BLF List Pickup Code field 5 Optional Enter the barge in code in the BLF List Barge In Code field 6 Optional Enter the retrieve call parked code in the BLF List Retrieve Call Parked Code field 7 Click Confirm to accept the chan...

Page 577: ...ble to the following features Voice Mail Pick up Group Pick up Barge In not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Retrieve not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Call Park not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Call Pull Procedure The hide feature access codes feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Co...

Page 578: ... Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features hide_feature_access_codes enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display feature name instead of the feature access code when dialing and in talk 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Hide Feature Access Codes Phone User Interface None To enable hide feature access codes f...

Page 579: ...ll to the user s IP phone When the IP phone status is changed to unavailable the server stops distributing calls to the IP phone The IP phone will remain in the unavailable status until the user manually changes the IP phone status or the ACD auto available timer if configured expires How long the IP phone remains unavailable is configurable by the auto available timer When the timer expires the I...

Page 580: ...nsion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Configure ACD auto available Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features acd q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features acd q load Assign an ACD key Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 http phon...

Page 581: ...for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X acd available 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display the available and unavailable soft keys for account X after the IP phone logs into the ACD system 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SI...

Page 582: ...s from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X acd enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Advanced ACD Subscribe Period 120 3600s Phone User Interface None acd auto_available 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically change the status of the ACD agent to available after the...

Page 583: ...ge 940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 42 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key to be an ACD key on the IP phone The digit 42 stands for the key type ACD For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G...

Page 584: ...key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey...

Page 585: ...figure an ACD key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select ACD from the pull down list of Type 3 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the ACD auto available timer feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features ACD 2 Select the desired value from the pull d...

Page 586: ...nal Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change SCA allows users to share an extension which can be registered on two or more IP phones at the same time For more information on how to register accounts refer to Account on page 153 Any IP phone can be used to originate or receive calls on the shared line An incoming call can ...

Page 587: ...e held call is only available for the hold party to retrieve You need to configure either the private hold soft key or a private hold key before you place the call on private hold Procedure SCA can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the registration line type Parameters account X shared_line Configure the call pull feature access code Parame...

Page 588: ...dress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account adv q load acc 0 Configure auto linekeys Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Configure the private hold soft key Naviga...

Page 589: ...ers Parameters Permitted Values Default account X shared_line 0 1 or 3 0 Description Configures the registration line type 0 Disabled 1 Shared Call Appearance 3 Draft BLA not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from ...

Page 590: ... Access Code Phone User Interface None account X number_of_linekey String within 32 characters 1 Description Configures the number of DSS keys to be assigned with Line type automatically from the first unused one unused one means the DSS key is configured as N A or Line If a DSS key is used the IP phone will skip to the next unused DSS key The order of DSS key assigned automatically is Line Key Ex...

Page 591: ...Interface Features General Information Auto Linekeys Phone User Interface None Private Hold Soft Key Configuring the private hold soft key may affect the softkey layout in the Talking state For more information refer to Softkey Layout on page 224 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting custom_softkey_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables cust...

Page 592: ...old Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 20 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key to be a private hold key on the IP phone The digit 20 stands for the key type Private Hold For line key...

Page 593: ...efault value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Web User Interface ...

Page 594: ...0 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure auto linekeys feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Auto Linekeys If Auto LineKeys is enabled you can autom...

Page 595: ...e primary phone via web user interface 1 Register the primary account e g 4609 2 Click on Advanced select Shared Call Appearance from the pull down list of Shared Line 3 Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled ...

Page 596: ... The default value is 1 In this example the value is set to 2 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the shared line settings on alternate phone via web user interface 1 Register the alternate account e g 4609_1 Enter the primary account 4609 in the Register Name field ...

Page 597: ...ber in the Number of line key field This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled The default value is 1 In this example the value is set to 2 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the call pull feature access code via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account ...

Page 598: ...hange To configure the private hold soft key via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Softkey Layout 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Custom Softkey 3 Select On Talk from the pull down list of Call States 4 Select Private Hold from the Unselected Softkeys column and then click The Private Hold appears in the Selected Softkeys Ordered by position column 5 Click Confirm to accept the ch...

Page 599: ...the Back soft key to cancel BLA allows users to share a SIP line on two or more IP phones Users can monitor the specific extension BLA number for status changes on each IP phone To use this feature a BLA group should be pre configured on the server and one of them is specified as a BLA number BLA depends on support from a SIP server Any IP phone can be used to originate or receive calls on the bri...

Page 600: ... Web User Interface Configure the registration line type Configure the BLA number Configure the period of BLA subscription Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X shared_line 0 1 or 3 0 Description Configures the registration line type 0 Disabled 1 Shared Call Appearance 3 Draft BLA not app...

Page 601: ...from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 bla_number 14084588327 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X shared_line is set to 3 Draft BLA It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Account Advanced BLA Number Phone User Interface None account X bla_subscribe_period Integer from 60 to 7200 300 Description Configur...

Page 602: ...t Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select Draft BLA from the pull down list of Shared Line 4 Enter the desired value in the BLA Number field 5 Enter the desired value in the BLA Subscription Period field 6 Click Confirm to accept the change Message Waiting Indicator MWI informs users of the number of messages waiting in their mailbox without calling the ma...

Page 603: ...olicited MWI you must enable MWI subscription feature on IP phones IP phones support subscribing the MWI messages to the account or the voice mail number Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure subscribe for MWI Parameters account X subscribe_mwi account X subscribe_mwi_expires Configure subscribe MWI to voice m...

Page 604: ...disables the IP phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will send a SUBSCRIBE message to the server for message summary updates If it is set to 0 Disabled the server automatically sends a message summary NOTIFY in a new dialog each time the MWI status changes This requires server support X ranges from 1 to 16 for SI...

Page 605: ...nly if the value of the parameter account X subscribe_mwi is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Advanced MWI Subscription Period Seconds Phone User Interface None account X subscribe_mwi_to_vm 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator to the voice mail number for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP...

Page 606: ...ced Voice Mail Phone User Interface Menu Message Voice Mail Set Voice Mail AccountX Code account X display_mwi enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to present audio and visual MWI when receiving new voice messages 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges f...

Page 607: ...of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Subscribe for MWI 4 Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period Seconds field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure subscribe MWI to voice mail via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Subscribe f...

Page 608: ...the presentation of audio and visual MWI via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Voice Mail Display 4 Click Confirm to accept the change SMS feature allows users to send and receive text messages using Yealink IP phones It depends on support from a SIP server ...

Page 609: ...r 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send or receive text message s 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Multicast paging allows IP phones to send receive Real time Transport Protocol RTP streams to from the pre configured multicast address es without involving SIP signaling Up to 10 listening multicast addresses can be specified on the IP phone U...

Page 610: ...paging list key Parameter multicast paging_address X ip_ad dress Configure the multicast paging group name for a paging list key Parameter multicast paging_address X label Assign a multicast paging key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_m...

Page 611: ...address and port number for a paging list key Configure the multicast paging group name for a paging list key Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p contacts multicastIP q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p contacts multica stIP q load Assign a multicast paging key or a paging list key Navig...

Page 612: ...icast codec G722 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information Multicast Codec Phone User Interface None multicast paging_address X ip_address X ranges from 1 to 10 String Blank Description Configures the IP address and port number of the multicast paging group in the paging list It will be displayed on the LCD screen when placing the multicast...

Page 613: ...hone User Interface Menu Features Paging List Option Edit Label Multicast Paging Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 940 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 24 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a...

Page 614: ... 17 27 is 0 For SIP T42G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones...

Page 615: ...e keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example li...

Page 616: ...ramable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label Paging List key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on pag...

Page 617: ...ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 66 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T46G T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T42G IP phones The defaul...

Page 618: ...ND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T42G T41...

Page 619: ...3 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the defa...

Page 620: ...he default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For ext keys When Y 1 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description...

Page 621: ... DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure a codec for multicast paging via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired codec from the pull down list of Multicast Codec 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure two sending multicast addresses via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Multicast IP 2 Enter the sending multicast address and port number in th...

Page 622: ...st paging key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Multicast Paging from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the multicast IP address and port number in the Value field The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Click Confirm to accept ...

Page 623: ...r the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Enter the multicast IP address and port number in the Value field 7 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure a paging list key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch sof...

Page 624: ...rameter is configured as disabled the IP phone will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls If the value of the parameter is configured as enabled an incoming multicast paging call with higher priority or equal is automatically answered and the one with lower priority is ignored Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration...

Page 625: ...ticast IP Multicast Listening Listening Address Phone User Interface None multicast listen_address X label X ranges from 1 to 10 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label to be displayed on the LCD screen when receiving the multicast paging calls Example multicast listen_address 1 label Paging1 Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Multicast Listening Label Ph...

Page 626: ...ty of the voice call a normal phone call rather than a multicast paging call in progress 1 is the highest priority 10 is the lowest priority 0 Disabled 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 If it is set to 0 Disabled all incoming multicast paging calls will be automatically ignored when a voice call is in progress If it is not set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will receive the incoming multicast ...

Page 627: ...ld The label will appear on the LCD screen when receiving the RTP multicast 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure paging barge and paging priority active features via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Multicast IP 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Paging Barge 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Paging Priority Active 4 Click Confirm to accep...

Page 628: ... a recording Note Record When a user presses a record key for the first time during a call the IP phone sends a SIP INFO message to the server with the specific header Record on and then the recording starts Example of a SIP INFO message Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 14 5060 branch z9hG4bK1870385345 From 1009 sip 1009 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 1385842459 To sip 1006 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 2383911905 Call ID 0_1289...

Page 629: ...e to the server Example of an HTTP GET message GET URLRecord record xml HTTP 1 1 r n Request Method GET Request URI URLRecord record xml Request version HTTP 1 1 Host 10 3 5 97 8080 r n User agent Yealink SIP T23G 44 80 0 60 00 15 65 74 B1 50 r n If the recording is successfully started the server will respond with a 200 OK message Example of a 200 OK message YealinkIPPhoneText Title Title Text Th...

Page 630: ...l recording key can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Assign a record key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type Assign a URL record key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Assign a reco...

Page 631: ... for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 25 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default...

Page 632: ...IP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G...

Page 633: ... X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 35 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the li...

Page 634: ...Interface DSSKey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the URL to record a call For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ra...

Page 635: ...3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure a record key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key ...

Page 636: ...the Label field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure a URL record key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select URL Record from the Type field 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Enter the URL in the Value field 6 Press the Save soft key to a...

Page 637: ...sskey_register_nam e_enable hotdesking dsskey_username_en able hotdesking dsskey_password_en able hotdesking dsskey_sip_server_en able hotdesking dsskey_outbound_en able Assign a hot desking key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Assign a hot desking key Navigat...

Page 638: ...y 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking dsskey_username_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of user name on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Ph...

Page 639: ...esking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking dsskey_outbound_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of outbound server on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User In...

Page 640: ...IP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 14 for SIP T29G X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 1 type 34 Default For SIP VP T49G SIP T48G IP phones The default val...

Page 641: ...When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T48G T46G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the defau...

Page 642: ...story When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For ex...

Page 643: ...Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label To configure a hot desking key via web user interface 1 Click on DSSKey Line Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Hot Desking from the pull down list of Type 3 Optional Enter the string...

Page 644: ...ion File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the logon wizard Parameters phone_setting logon_wizard hotdesking startup_register_name_en able hotdesking startup_username_enable hotdesking startup_password_enable hotdesking startup_sip_server_enable hotdesking startup_outbound_enable Local Web User Interface Configure the logon wizard Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T 27P T23P T23G T21 P E...

Page 645: ...r_name_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of register name on the logon wizard during the first startup 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wizard is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Inte...

Page 646: ...o CP860 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wizard is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking startup_sip_server_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of SIP server on the logon wizard during the first startup 0 Disabled 1 Enab...

Page 647: ... is not applicable to CP860 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wizard is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure logon wizard feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Logon Wizard 3 Clic...

Page 648: ...oming Call When the IP phone receives an incoming call Outgoing Call When the IP phone places a call Established When the IP phone establishes a call Terminated When the IP phone terminates a call Open DND When the IP phone enables the DND mode Close DND When the IP phone disables the DND mode Open Always Forward When the IP phone enables the always forward Close Always Forward When the IP phone d...

Page 649: ...When the IP phone enables the call waiting Close Call Waiting When the IP phone disables the call waiting Headset When the IP phone presses the HEADSET key not applicable to CP860 IP phones Handfree When the IP phone presses the Speakerphone key not applicable to CP860 IP phones Cancel Call Out When the IP phone cancels an outgoing call in the ring back state Remote Busy When an outgoing call is r...

Page 650: ...e IP phone places a call receives an incoming call or establishes a call local The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone places a call The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone receives an incoming call remote The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone places a call The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone receives an incoming call display_local The display name of the caller when the IP p...

Page 651: ...call action_url call_established action_url dnd_on action_url dnd_off action_url always_fwd_on action_url always_fwd_off action_url busy_fwd_on action_url busy_fwd_off action_url no_answer_fwd_on action_url no_answer_fwd_off action_url transfer_call action_url blind_transfer_call action_url attended_transfer_call action_url hold action_url unhold action_url held action_url unheld action_url mute a...

Page 652: ...anceled Local Web User Interface Configure action URL Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features actionurl q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features actionurl q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url setup_completed URL within 511 cha...

Page 653: ... Action URL Setup Completed Phone User Interface None action_url registered URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends after an account is registered Example action_url registered http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Registered Phone User Interface None action_url unregistered URL within 511 characters Blank Descripti...

Page 654: ... action_url register_failed http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Register Failed Phone User Interface None action_url off_hook URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when off hook Example action_url off_hook http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Off Hook Phone User Interface None ...

Page 655: ...hone User Interface None action_url outgoing_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when placing a call Example action_url outgoing_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Outgoing Call Phone User Interface None action_url call_established URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action UR...

Page 656: ...ithin 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when DND feature is disabled Example action_url dnd_off http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Close DND Phone User Interface None action_url always_fwd_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when always forward feature is enabled...

Page 657: ...Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when busy forward feature is enabled Example action_url busy_fwd_on http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Open Busy Forward Phone User Interface None action_url busy_fwd_off URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when busy forward feature is disabled Example action_url b...

Page 658: ... Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when no answer forward feature is disabled Example action_url no_answer_fwd_off http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Close NoAnswer Forward Phone User Interface None action_url transfer_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when performing a tra...

Page 659: ...e sends when performing an attended semi attended transfer Example action_url attended_transfer_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Attended Transfer Phone User Interface None action_url hold URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when placing a call on hold Example action_url hold http 192 168 0 20 help xml...

Page 660: ...action_url held http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None action_url unheld URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when a call being held is resumed Example action_url unheld http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None action_url mute URL within 511 characters Blank Des...

Page 661: ... action_url missed_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when missing a call Example action_url missed_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Missed Call Phone User Interface None action_url call_terminated URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when termi...

Page 662: ...Interface None action_url idle_to_busy URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when changing the state of the IP phone from idle to busy Example action_url idle_to_busy http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Idle To Busy Phone User Interface None action_url ip_change URL within 511 characters Blank Description Config...

Page 663: ...coming_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when rejecting an incoming call Example action_url reject_incoming_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Reject Incoming Call Phone User Interface None action_url answer_new_incoming_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL th...

Page 664: ...one action_url transfer_failed URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when failing to transfer a call Example action_url transfer_failed http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Transfer Failed Phone User Interface None action_url setup_autop_finish URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL...

Page 665: ...ers Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when call waiting feature is disabled Example action_url call_waiting_off http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Close Call Waiting Phone User Interface None action_url headset URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when pressing the HEADSET key Exam...

Page 666: ...rl cancel_callout URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when cancels the outgoing call in the ring back state Example action_url cancel_callout http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Cancel Call Out Phone User Interface None action_url remote_busy URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action UR...

Page 667: ...he ringing state Example action_url call_remote_canceled http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Call Remote Canceled Phone User Interface None To configure action URL via web user interface 1 Click on Features Action URL 2 Enter the action URLs in the corresponding fields 3 Click Confirm to accept the change HTTP HTTPS GET Request Opposite to action URL action URI ...

Page 668: ...always working in the small office home office where a secure firewall may prevent the HTTP or HTTPS GET request from the external network Note Example of a SIP Notify with the variable value OK Message Header NOTIFY sip 3583 10 2 40 10 5062 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 2 40 27 5063 branch z9hG4bK4163876675 From sip 3586 10 2 1 48 tag 2900480538 To 3583 sip 3583 10 2 1 48 tag 490600926 Call ID 29233...

Page 669: ... actions or reject incoming calls or end a call X Cancel actions or reject incoming calls or mute or un mute calls 0 9 POUND Press the keypad 0 9 or L1 LX Press the line keys for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X 29 for SIP T46G T29G X 27 for SIP T42G T41P X 15 for SIP T27P X 21 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X 3 for SIP T21 P E2 X 2 F1 F4 Press the soft keys MSG Press the MESSAGE key not applicable to CP860 IP phon...

Page 670: ...T29G T2 7P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 IP phones Hang up the handset For CP860 IP phones Press the on hook key ANSWER ASW Asw Answer a call Reset Reset a phone ATrans xxx Perform a semi attended attended transfer to xxx BTrans xxx Perform a blind transfer to xxx CALLEND End a call phonecfg get accounts x dn d x fw x Get firmware version registration DND or forward configuration information The val...

Page 671: ...y to all the accounts on the phone Example http 10 10 20 10 servlet key NoAnswFwd On 1001 24 AlwaysFwdOff BusyFwdOff NoAns wFwdOff Deactive the always busy no answer forward feature for the IP phone Note It works only if the call forward mode is Phone the always busy no answer forward feature will apply to all the accounts on the phone Example http 10 10 20 10 servlet key NoAnswFwd Off CALLEND Cal...

Page 672: ...s an example for deleting all entries from the call history list when the phone is idle For T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 http 10 3 20 10 servlet key F1 F3 DOWN DOWN DOWN OK OK For CP860 http 10 3 20 10 servlet key F1 OK F3 DOWN DOWN DOWN OK OK For security reasons IP phones do not receive and handle HTTP HTTPS GET requests by default You need to specify the trusted IP ...

Page 673: ...URI to the IP phone Parameter features action_uri_limit_ip Local Web User Interface Specify the trusted IP address es for sending the action URI to the IP phone Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features remotecontrl q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features remot econtrl q load Det...

Page 674: ...he values 0 255 For example 10 10 stands for the IP addresses that range from 10 10 0 0 to 10 10 255 255 If left blank the IP phone will reject any HTTP GET request If it is set to any the IP phone will accept and handle HTTP GET requests from any IP address Example features action_uri_limit_ip any Note It works only if the value of the parameter features action_uri enable is set to 1 Enabled Web ...

Page 675: ...e screen display first and then download the image which is saved as a JPG file and named with the phone model and the capture time to the local system Before capturing the phone s current screen ensure that the IP address of the computer is included in the trusted IP address for Action URI on the phone When you capture the screen display the IP phone may prompt you to enter the user name and pass...

Page 676: ...wing the phone s current screen You can save the image to your local system Else the browser will display an image showing the phone s current screen directly You can save the image to your local system Note You can place a call via web user interface Before doing it ensure that the IP address of your computer is included in the trusted IP address for Action URI on the phone For more information o...

Page 677: ...red in VoIP deployments to ensure continuity of phone service for events where the server needs to be taken offline for maintenance the server fails or the connection between the IP phone and the server fails Two types of redundancy are possible In some cases a combination of the two may be deployed Failover In this mode the full phone system functionality is preserved by having a second equivalen...

Page 678: ...has the highest priority server in a cluster of servers resolved by the DNS server The secondary server backs up a primary server when the primary server fails and offers the same functionality as the primary server Fallback Server Server 2 is configured with the IP address of the fallback server For example 192 168 1 15 A fallback server offers less functionality than the working server Phone Reg...

Page 679: ...les or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the SIP server redundancy Parameters account X sip_server Y address account X sip_server Y port account X sip_server Y expires account X sip_server Y retry_counts Configure the outbound proxy server redundancy Parameters account X outbound_proxy_enable account X outbound_host account X outbound_port account X backup_outbound_host account X backup...

Page 680: ... T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 sip_server 1 address yealink pbx com Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Server Host Phone User Interface None account X sip_server Y port X ranges from 1 to ...

Page 681: ...r SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 sip_server 1 expires 3600 Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Server Expires Phone User Interface None account X sip_server Y retry_counts X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 Integer from 0 to 20 3 Description Configures the retry times for the IP phone to resend ...

Page 682: ...SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X outbound_proxy_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send requests to the outbound proxy...

Page 683: ... for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X outbound_proxy_enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Register Outbound Proxy Server 1 Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts Outbound Proxy1 account X outbound_port Integer from 0 to 65535 5060 Description Configures the port of the outbound pro...

Page 684: ... for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X outbound_proxy_enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Register Outbound Proxy Server 2 Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts Outbound Proxy2 account X backup_outbound_port Integer from 0 to 65535 5060 ...

Page 685: ...m 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It is not applicable to outbound proxy servers Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X fallback timeout Integer from 10 to 2147483647 120 Description Configures the time interval in seconds for the IP phone to detect whether th...

Page 686: ... X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Example account 1 outbound_proxy_fallback_interval 3600 Note It is only applicable to outbound proxy servers Web User Interface Account Register Proxy Fallback Interval Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings Accounts Proxy Fallback Interval account X sip_server Y ...

Page 687: ... Phone User Interface None account X sip_server Y failback_timeout X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 0 Integer from 60 to 65535 3600 Description Configures the time in seconds for the phone to retry to send requests to the primary server after failing over to the current working server for account X If you set the parameter to 0 the IP phone will not send requests to the primary server un...

Page 688: ...t Register 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields 4 Configure parameters of SIP server 1 and SIP server 2 in the corresponding fields 5 If you use outbound proxy servers do the following 1 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Outbound Proxy Server ...

Page 689: ...ver redundancy for failover purpose via web user interface 1 Click on Account Register 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields 4 Configure parameters of the SIP server 1 or SIP server 2 in the corresponding fields You must set the port of SIP server to 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries ...

Page 690: ...nsport 6 If you use outbound proxy servers do the following 1 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Outbound Proxy Server 2 Configure parameters of outbound proxy server 1 2 in the corresponding fields You must set the port of outbound proxy server to 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries 7 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 691: ...procedures of DNS query for the IP phone to resolve the domain name e g yealink pbx com of working server into the IP address port and transport protocol NAPTR Naming Authority Pointer First the IP phone sends NAPTR query to get the NAPTR pointer and transport protocol Example of NAPTR records order pref flags service regexp replacement IN NAPTR 90 50 s SIP D2T _sip _tcp yealink pbx com IN NAPTR 1...

Page 692: ...ption Priority Specify preferential treatment for the specific host entry Lower priority is more preferred Weight When priorities are equal weight is used to differentiate the preference The preference is from highest to lowest Keep the same to load balance Port Identify the port number to be used Target Identify the actual host for an A query SRV query returns two records The two SRV records poin...

Page 693: ...signaling fails if the connection or the send fails If UDP is used then the signaling fails if ICMP is detected or if the signal times out If the signaling has been attempted through all servers in the list and this is the last server then the signaling fails after the complete UDP timeout defined in RFC 3261 If it is not the last server in the list the maximum number of retries depends on the con...

Page 694: ...r the service type and port X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Transport Phone User Interface None account X naptr_build 0 or 1 0 Desc...

Page 695: ...follows to resolve domain name of the server The IP phone performs a DNS query to resolve the domain name from the DNS server If the DNS query returns no results for the domain name or the returned record cannot be contacted the values in the static DNS cache if configured are used when their configured time intervals are not elapsed If the configured time interval is elapsed the IP phone will att...

Page 696: ... service dns_cache_naptr X ttl dns_cache_srv X name dns_cache_srv X port dns_cache_srv X priority dns_cache_srv X target dns_cache_srv X weight dns_cache_srv X ttl dns_cache_a X name dns_cache_a X ip dns_cache_a X ttl MAC cfg Configure the IP phone whether to cache the additional DNS records Parameter account X dns_cache_type Configure the IP phone whether to use static DNS cache preferentially Pa...

Page 697: ...X Always S for SIP which means to do an SRV lookup on whatever is in the replacement field S Do an SRV lookup next A Do an A lookup next U No need to do a DNS query next P Service custom by the user Example dns_cache_naptr 1 flags S Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_naptr X order X ranges from 1 to 12 Integer from 0 to 65535 0 Description Configures the order of NAPTR rec...

Page 698: ...None dns_cache_naptr X replace X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures a domain name to be used for the next SRV query in NAPTR record X Example dns_cache_naptr 1 replace _sip _tcp yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_naptr X service X ranges from 1 to 12 String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the transport protocol av...

Page 699: ...ted again Example dns_cache_naptr 1 ttl 3600 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_srv X name X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures the domain name in SRV record X Example dns_cache_srv 1 name _sip _tcp yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_srv X port X ranges from 1 to 12 Integer from 0 to 65535 0 Description Con...

Page 700: ...cache_srv X target X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures the domain name of the target host for an A query in SRV record X Example dns_cache_srv 1 target server1 yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_srv X weight X ranges from 1 to 12 Integer from 0 to 65535 0 Description Configures the weight of the target host in SRV record X When pr...

Page 701: ...e_srv 1 ttl 3600 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_a X name X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures the domain name in A record X Example dns_cache_a 1 name yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_a X ip X ranges from 1 to 12 IP address Blank Description Configures the IP address that the domain name in A record X...

Page 702: ...e IP phone uses the DNS cache for domain name resolution of the server and caches the additional DNS records for account X 0 Perform real time DNS query rather than using DNS cache 1 Use DNS cache but do not cache the additional DNS records 2 Use DNS cache and cache the additional DNS records X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from ...

Page 703: ...membership can be configured through software instead of physically relocating devices or connections Grouping devices with a common set of requirements regardless of their physical location can greatly simplify network design VLANs can address issues such as scalability security and network management The purpose of VLAN configurations on the IP phone is to insert tag with VLAN information to the...

Page 704: ...nable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to obtain VLAN ID using lower priority of VLAN assignment method or disable VLAN feature when the IP phone cannot obtain VLAN ID using the current VLAN assignment method 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The priority of each method is LLDP CDP Manual DHCP VLAN If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will attempt to use the lower priority of VLAN assign...

Page 705: ...reboot This allows the IP phones to be plugged into any switch obtain their VLAN IDs and then start communications with the call control Procedure LLDP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure LLDP Parameters network lldp enable network lldp packet_interval Local Web User Interface Configure LLDP Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T4...

Page 706: ...o 3600 60 Description Configures the interval in seconds for the IP phone to send the LLDP Linker Layer Discovery Protocol request Note It works only if the value of the parameter network lldp enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced LLDP Packet Interval 1 3600s Phone User Interface Menu Sett...

Page 707: ...fter a period of time CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol allows IP phones to receive and or transmit device related information from to directly connected devices on the network that are also using the protocol and store the information about other devices When CDP feature is enabled on IP phones the IP phones periodically advertise their own information to the directly connected CDP enabled switch The ...

Page 708: ...figuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default network cdp enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If it is set to 1 the IP phone will attempt to determine its VLAN ID through CDP If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanc...

Page 709: ...n the CDP block select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 3 Enter the desired time interval in the Packet Interval 1 3600s field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure CDP feature via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password ad...

Page 710: ...ocally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually Parameters network vlan internet_port_enable network vlan internet_port_vid network vlan internet_port_priority network vlan pc_port_enable network vlan pc_port_vid network vlan pc_port_priority Local Web User Interface Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually Navigate to For SIP ...

Page 711: ...us network vlan internet_port_vid Integer from 1 to 4094 1 Description Configures VLAN ID for the Internet WAN port Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced VLAN WAN Port VID 1 4094 Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network VLAN WAN Port VID network vlan internet_port_prio...

Page 712: ...d Settings default password admin Network VLAN PC Port VLAN Status network vlan pc_port_vid Integer from 1 to 4094 1 Description Configures VLAN ID for the PC LAN port Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced VLAN PC Port VID 1 4094 Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advance...

Page 713: ...he desired value from the pull down list of WAN Port Active 3 Enter the VLAN ID in the VID 1 4094 field 4 Select the desired value 0 7 from the pull down list of Priority 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 6 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure VLAN for PC port via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced...

Page 714: ...ct the desired value from the VLAN Status field 3 Enter the VLAN ID 1 4094 in the VID field 4 Enter the priority value 0 7 in the Priority field 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time IP phones support VLAN discovery via DHCP When the VLAN Discovery method is set to DHCP the IP phone will examine DHCP opti...

Page 715: ...one User Interface Configure DHCP VLAN discovery feature Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default network vlan dhcp_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables DHCP VLAN discovery feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced VLAN DHCP VLAN...

Page 716: ...fault password admin Network VLAN DHCP VLAN Option To configure DHCP VLAN discovery via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 In the VLAN block select the desired value from the pull down list of DHCP VLAN Active 3 Enter the desired option in the Option 1 255 field The default option is 132 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effec...

Page 717: ...000000xx cfg Configure VLAN feature in the wireless network Parameters wifi vlan_enable network vlan wifi_enable network vlan wifi_vid network vlan wifi_priority Details of the Configuration Parameter wifi vlan_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables VLAN discovery feature in the wireless network for the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone supports manual c...

Page 718: ...tion Configures VLAN ID in the wireless network for the IP phone Note It works only if the value of the parameter wifi vlan_enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None network vlan wifi_priority Integer from 0 to 7 0 Description Config...

Page 719: ...network VPN can be also classified by the protocols used to tunnel the traffic It provides security through tunneling protocols IPSec SSL L2TP and PPTP VPN Technology IP phones support SSL VPN which provides remote access VPN capabilities through SSL OpenVPN is a full featured SSL VPN software solution that creates secure connections in remote access facilities designed to work with the TUN TAP vi...

Page 720: ...client crt Server certificate config openvpn keys client crt client key Private key of the client config openvpn keys client key For more information refer to OpenVPN Feature on Yealink IP phones Note Procedure VPN can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure VPN feature and upload a TAR file to the IP phone Parameters network vpn_enable...

Page 721: ...rface Network Advanced VPN Active Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default admin Network VPN VPN Active openvpn url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the tar file for OpenVPN Example openvpn url http 192 168 10 25 OpenVPN tar Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Network Advanced VPN Upload VPN Config Phone...

Page 722: ... a TAR file 1 Press Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network VPN 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the VPN Active field You must upload the OpenVPN TAR file using configuration files or via web user interface in advance 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period o...

Page 723: ...CP XR can be configured using the configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure RTCP XR Parameter voice rtcp_xr enable phone_setting rtcp_xr_report enable Local Web User Interface Configure RTCP XR Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings voicemonitoring q load Details of Configuration Parameters ...

Page 724: ...ther participating phone during a call for call quality monitoring and diagnosing 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice rtcp_xr enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Settings RTCP XR Report Note For SIP VP T49G and CP860 IP phones you cannot c...

Page 725: ...rated during a call at a configurable period Alert Generated when the call quality degrades below a configurable threshold A wide range of performance metrics are generated in the following three ways Based on current values such as jitter jitter buffer max and round trip delay Covers the time period from the beginning of the call until the report is sent such as network packet loss Computed using...

Page 726: ... cfg Configure the generation of session packets Parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr session_report e nable Configure the generation of interval packets Parameters phone_setting vq_rtcpxr interval_report e nable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_interval_period Configure the generation of alert packets Parameters phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_moslq_threshold _warning phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_moslq_threshold _critica...

Page 727: ...r_display_local_c all_id enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_remote _call_id enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_local_c odec enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_remote _codec enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_jitter en able phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_jitter_bu ffer_max enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_packets _lost enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_symm_ oneway_delay...

Page 728: ...f the RTP status displayed on the phone user interface Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p setti ngs voicemonitoring q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mo d_data p settings voicemonitoring q l oad Configure the central report collector Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23...

Page 729: ...al report collector periodically throughout a call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring VQ RTCP XR Interval Report Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_interval_period Integer from 5 to 20 20 Description Configures the interval in seconds for the IP phone to send an interval quality report to the central report collector periodically throughout a call Note...

Page 730: ...eshold_critical 15 to 40 Blank Description Configures the threshold value of listening MOS score MOS LQ multiplied by 10 The threshold value of MOS LQ causes the phone to send a critical alert quality report to the central report collector For example a configured value of 28 corresponds to the MOS score 2 8 When the MOS LQ value computed by the phone is less than or equal to 2 8 the phone will se...

Page 731: ...l alert quality report to the central report collector For example If it is set to 500 when the value of one way delay computed by the phone is greater than or equal to 500 the phone will send a critical alert quality report to the central report collector when the value of one way delay computed by the phone is less than 500 the phone will not send a critical alert quality report to the central r...

Page 732: ...tings Voice Monitoring Display Report options on phone Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_start_time enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Start Time on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Moni...

Page 733: ...rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone Local User Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_remote_call_id enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Remote User on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr s...

Page 734: ... Description Enables or disables the phone to display Remote Codec on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone Remote Codec Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_jitter enable 0 or 1 1 Description ...

Page 735: ...le 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Packets Lost on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone Packets Lost Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_symm_oneway_delay ena bl...

Page 736: ...oundTripDelay Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_moslq enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display MOS LQ on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone MOS LQ Phone User I...

Page 737: ...IP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced VQ RTCP XR Collector name Phone User Interface None account X vq_rtcpxr collector_server_host IPv4 Address Blank Description Configures the IP address of the central report collector that accepts voice quality reports contained in SIP PUBLISH messages for account X X r...

Page 738: ...from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced VQ RTCP XR Collector port Phone User Interface None To configure session report for VQ RTCPXR via web user interface 1 Cl...

Page 739: ... Report 3 Enter the desired value in the Period for Interval Report field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure alert report for VQ RTCPXR via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Enter the desired value in the Warning threshold for Moslq field 3 Enter the desired value in the Critical threshold for Moslq field 4 Enter the desired value in the Warning threshold for...

Page 740: ...n the Critical threshold for Delay field 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure RTP status displayed on the web page via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Report options on Web 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 741: ...ect the desired value from the pull down list of Display Report options on phone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change The RTP status will appear on the phone user interface at the path Menu Status More To configure the options of the RTP status displayed on the LCD screen via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 In the Report options on phone block select the desired list from...

Page 742: ...f enabled items select the desired item and then click or The LCD screen will display the item s in the adjusted order 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the central report collector via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the host name of the central report collector in the VQ RTCP XR Collector name ...

Page 743: ...es better network service through the following features Supporting dedicated bandwidth Improving loss characteristics Avoiding and managing network congestion Shaping network traffic Setting traffic priorities across the network The Best Effort service is the default QoS model in IP networks It provides no guarantees for data delivering which means delay jitter packet loss and bandwidth allocatio...

Page 744: ...oIP is extremely bandwidth and delay sensitive QoS is a major issue in VoIP implementations regarding how to guarantee that packet traffic not be delayed or dropped due to interference from other lower priority traffic VoIP can guarantee high quality QoS only if the voice and the SIP packets are given priority over other kinds of network traffic IP phones support the DiffServ model of QoS Voice Qo...

Page 745: ...os For SIP VP T49G Configure the DSCPs for voice packets SIP packets and video packets Parameters network qos audiotos network qos signaltos network qos videotos Local Web User Interface For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T4 0P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 Configure the DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets Navigate to http phoneIPAddress se rvlet p network adv q lo ad For SIP VP T49G Co...

Page 746: ...ork qos signaltos Integer from 0 to 63 26 Description Configures the DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point for SIP packets The default DSCP value for SIP packets is 26 Assured Forwarding Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced SIP QoS 0 63 Phone User Interface None network qos audiotos Integer from 0 to 63 46 D...

Page 747: ...reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Network Advanced Video QoS 0 63 Phone User Interface None To configure DSCPs for voice packets and SIP packets via web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 Enter the desired value in the Voice QoS 0 63 field 3 Enter the desired value in the SIP QoS 0 6...

Page 748: ...terface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 Enter the desired value in the Audio QoS 0 63 field 3 Enter the desired value in the Video QoS 0 63 field 4 Enter the desired value in the SIP QoS 0 63 field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot 6 Click OK to reboot the phone ...

Page 749: ...5060 TCP SIP when selecting the TCP transport protocol 5061 TCP SIP when selecting the TLS transport protocol 50000 50249 default range TCP UDP Reserved ports on the IP phone For more information refer to Reserved Ports on page 727 By default the IP phone communicates through UDP ports in the 50000 50249 range for video and voice control The phone uses only a small number of these ports during a c...

Page 750: ...t number to be entered in the Reserved Port field Phone Maximum Connections Required Ports for a SIP Call SIP VP T49G Three way video call and two audio call 16 UDP 50000 50015 Procedure Reserved ports can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the range of the UDP ports Parameters sip min_udp_port sip max_udp_port Configure the range ...

Page 751: ... 50249 Description Configures the maximum UDP port Note The value of the maximum UDP port cannot be less than that of the minimum UDP port If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced UDP Port Scope Phone User Interface None sip min_tcp_port Integer from 1024 to 65535 50000 Description Configures the minimum TCP port Note ...

Page 752: ...e take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced TCP Port Scope Phone User Interface None To configure reserved ports via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 Enter the desired port scope in the UDP Port Scope field 3 Enter the desired port scope in the TCP Port Scope field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboo...

Page 753: ...ddress e g iAddr port1 to public network will be sent through a public address e g eAddr port2 Packets coming from the address of any server to eAddr port2 will be forwarded back to the private address e g iAddr port1 Address Restricted Cone NAT Restricted cone NAT works similar like full cone NAT A public host hAddr any can send packets to iAddr port1 through eAddr port2 only if iAddr port1 has p...

Page 754: ...c IP address and port number that the NAT has allocated for the UDP connections to remote parties The protocol requires assistance from a third party network server STUN server usually located on public Internet The IP phone can be configured to act as a STUN client to send exploratory STUN messages to the STUN server The STUN server uses those messages to determine the public IP address and port ...

Page 755: ...al and STUN server on a phone basis Parameters sip nat_stun enable sip nat_stun server sip nat_stun port Configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port Parameters sip listen_port sip tls_listen_port MAC cfg Configure NAT traversal on a per line basis Parameters account X nat nat_traversal Configure NAT traversal for IP call Parameters account 17 nat nat_traversal Local Web User Interface Configure NAT ...

Page 756: ... load Configure NAT traversal on a per line basis Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servl et p account register q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p account r egister q load acc 0 Configure NAT traversal for IP call Navigate to For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p accou...

Page 757: ...ings default password admin Network NAT NAT Status sip nat_stun server IP address or domain name Blank Description Configures the IP address or the domain name of the STUN Simple Traversal of UDP over NATs server Example sip nat_stun server 218 107 220 201 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced NAT STUN Server P...

Page 758: ... 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Note It works only if the value of the parameter sip nat_stun enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Register NAT Phone User Interface Menu Settings Ad...

Page 759: ... SIP Local SIP Port Phone User Interface None sip tls_listen_port Integer from 1024 to 65535 5061 Description Configures the local TLS listen port Web User Interface Settings SIP TLS SIP Port Phone User Interface None To configure NAT traversal and STUN server via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 In the NAT block select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 3 Enter th...

Page 760: ...5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that settings will take effect after a reboot 6 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure NAT traversal for account via web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Click on Account Register 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account ...

Page 761: ...P call via web user interface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Click on Account SIP IP Call 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of NAT 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port via web user interface 1 Click on Settings SIP 2 Enter the desired local SIP port in the Local SIP Port field ...

Page 762: ... Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time To configure NAT traversal for a specific account via phone user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Press Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Accounts 2 Press or to select the desired account and press the Enter soft key 3 Press or or th...

Page 763: ... Configure the keep alive interval on a per line basis Parameters account X nat udp_update_time Local Web User Interface Configure the type of keep alive packets on a per line basis Configure the keep alive interval on a per line basis Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G htt...

Page 764: ...ges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced Keep Alive Type Phone User Interface None account X nat udp_update_time Integer from 15 to 2147483647 30 Description Configures the keep alive interval in seconds for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from ...

Page 765: ...Rport in RFC 3581 allows a client to request that the server sends the response back to the source port from which the request came Rport feature depends on support from a SIP server Procedure Rport feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure NAT Rport feature on a per line basis Parameters account X nat rport Configure NAT Rport feature ...

Page 766: ... Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X nat rport 0 1 or 2 0 Description Enables or disables NAT Rport feature for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 2 enable direct process X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 fo...

Page 767: ...Menu Advanced default password admin VC Accounts SIP IP Call RPort To configure Rport feature for account via web user interface take SIP T23G IP phones for example 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of RPort 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure Rport feature for IP call via web...

Page 768: ...Protocol RTP is a network protocol for delivering audio and video over IP networks The UDP port used for RTP streams is traditionally an even numbered port For example the default RTP min port on the IP phones is 11780 The first voice patch sends RTP on port 11780 Additional calls would then use ports 11782 11784 11786 etc up to the max port It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Procedure ...

Page 769: ...e effect It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Network Advanced Local RTP Port Max RTP Port 1 65535 Phone User Interface None network port min_rtpport Integer from 1 to 65535 11780 Description Configures the minimum local RTP port Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect It is not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web Us...

Page 770: ...n framework TR 069 uses common transport mechanisms HTTP and HTTPS for communication between CPE and ACS Auto Configuration Servers The HTTP S messages contain XML RPC methods defined in the standard for configuration and management of the CPE TR 069 is intended to support a variety of functionalities to manage a collection of CPEs including the following primary capabilities Auto configuration an...

Page 771: ... the designated location File types supported by IP phones are Firmware Image Configuration File Upload This method is used to cause the CPE to upload a specified file to the designated location File types supported by IP phones are Configuration File Log File ScheduleInform This method is used to request the CPE to schedule a one time Inform method call separate from its periodic Inform method ca...

Page 772: ...assword managementserver periodic_inform_enable managementserver periodic_inform_interval Local Web User Interface Configure TR 069 feature Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings tr069 q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings tr069 q load Details of Configuration Parameters Para...

Page 773: ...nk Description Configures the password for the IP phone to authenticate with the ACS Auto Configuration Servers Leave it blank if no authentication is required Example managementserver password tr69 Web User Interface Settings TR069 ACS Password Phone User Interface None managementserver url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the ACS Auto Configuration Servers...

Page 774: ...er Web User Interface Settings TR069 Connection Request Username Phone User Interface None managementserver connection_request_password String within 64 characters Blank Description Configures the password for the IP phone to authenticate the incoming connection requests Example managementserver connection_request_password acspwd Web User Interface Settings TR069 Connection Request Password Phone ...

Page 775: ... the parameter managementserver periodic_inform_enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings TR069 Periodic Inform Interval seconds Phone User Interface None To configure TR 069 via web user interface 1 Click on Settings TR069 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable TR069 3 Enter the user name and password authenticated by the ACS in the ACS Username and ACS Password fields 4 ...

Page 776: ...essing mode as well as an IPv4 IPv6 dual stack addressing mode IPv4 uses a 32 bit address consisting of four groups of three decimal digits separated by dots for example 192 168 1 100 IPv6 uses a 128 bit address consisting of eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons for example 2026 1234 1 1 215 65ff fe1f caa VoIP network based on IPv6 can provide end to end security capabilitie...

Page 777: ...ass configuration parameters such as IPv6 network addresses to IPv6 nodes It offers the capability of automatic allocation of reusable network addresses and additional configuration flexibility This protocol is a stateful counterpart to IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration RFC 2462 and can be used separately or concurrently with the latter to obtain configuration parameters How the IP phone ob...

Page 778: ...e IPv6 static DNS address Parameters network ipv6_primary_dns network ipv6_secondary_dns y0000000000xx c fg Configure the IPv6 static DNS Parameter network ipv6_static_dns_enable Local Web User Interface Configure the IPv6 address assignment method Configure the IPv6 static DNS Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p ne...

Page 779: ... default password admin Network WAN Port IP Mode network ipv6_internet_port type 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the Internet WAN port type for IPv6 0 DHCP 1 Static IP Address Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 1 IPv6 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic I...

Page 780: ...ures the IPv6 address Example network ipv6_internet_port ip 2026 1234 1 1 215 65ff fe1f caa Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to 1 IPv6 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 and network ipv6_internet_port type is set to 1 Static IP Address If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv6 Config Static ...

Page 781: ...IP Address Gateway Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv6 Static IPv6 Client IPv6 Default Gateway network ipv6_primary_dns IPv6 address Blank Description Configures the primary IPv6 DNS server Example network ipv6_primary_dns 3036 1 1 c3c7 c11c 5447 23a6 256 Note It works only if the value of the parameter network ip_address_mode is set to...

Page 782: ...Secondary DNS Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv6 Static IPv6 Client IPv6 Sec DNS Or Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network WAN Port IPv6 DHCP IPv6 Client Staic DNS Enabled IPv6 Sec DNS network ipv6_icmp_v6 enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to obtain IPv6 network settings via SLAAC Stat...

Page 783: ...twork Basic 2 Select the desired address mode IPv6 or IPv4 IPv6 from the pull down list of Mode IPv4 IPv6 3 In the IPv6 Config block mark the DHCP or the Static IP Address radio box If you mark the Static IP Address radio box configure the IPv6 address and other configuration parameters in the corresponding fields ...

Page 784: ...igure the static DNS address in the corresponding fields 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure SLAAC feature via web user interface only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G 1 Click on Network Advanced ...

Page 785: ...press the Enter soft key 4 Press or to select the desired IPv6 address assignment method If you select the Static IPv6 Client configure the IPv6 address and other network parameters in the corresponding fields 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time To configure static DNS when DHCP is used via phone user i...

Page 786: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 764 The IP phone reboots automatically to make settings effective after a period of time ...

Page 787: ...ne for the phone or account To set the custom ring tones you need to upload the custom ring tones to the IP phone in advance The ring tone format must meet the following Phone Model Format Single File Size Total File Size SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G wav 8MB 20MB SIP T42G T41P T40P T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 wav 100KB 100KB Note Procedure Ring tones can be configured using the config...

Page 788: ...ing_type Local Web User Interface Upload the custom ring tones Configure a ring tone for the IP phone Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40 P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress ser vlet p settings preference q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress ser vlet m mod_data p setting s preference q load Configure a ring tone on a per line basis Navigate to For SIP T4...

Page 789: ... wav Resource Ring8 wav Resource Silent wav Resource Splash wav Default default ring wav or custom ring tone name e g Config Customring wav For SIP VP T49G The default value is Default default ring wav For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 CP860 The default value is Resource Ring1 wav Example To configure a phone built in ring tone e g Ring1 wav phone_setting ring_type Reso...

Page 790: ...t wav Splash wav or custom ring tone name e g Customring wav X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Basic Ring Type Phone User Interface Menu Settings Basic Set...

Page 791: ...e None To upload a custom ring tone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 In the Upload Ringtone field click Browse to locate a ring tone file the file format must be wav from your local system 3 Click Upload to upload the file The custom ring tone appears in the pull down list of Ring Type To change the ring tone for the phone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preferenc...

Page 792: ... Select the desired ring tone from the pull down list of Ring Type 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Basic Settings Sound Ring Tones Common 2 Press or to select the desired ring tone 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change or the Back soft key to cancel To select a ring tone for the account via phone user ...

Page 793: ...ppropriate ring tone Note Alert Info headers in the following four formats 1 Alert Info Bellcore drN 2 Alert Info ringtone N or Alert Info MyMelodyN 3 Alert Info URL 4 Alert Info info info text x line id 0 1 Alert Info Bellcore drN When the Alter Info header contains the keyword Bellcore drN the IP phone will play the desired ring tone The following table identifies the corresponding ring tone Val...

Page 794: ...e patterns and cadences These ring tones are designed for the BroadWorks server Bellcore Tone Pattern ID Pattern Cade nce Minimum Duration ms Nominal Duration ms Maximum Duration ms Bellcore dr1 st andard 1 Ringing 2s On 1800 2000 2200 Silent 4s Off 3600 4000 4400 Bellcore dr2 2 Ringing Long 630 800 1025 Silent 315 400 525 Ringing Long 630 800 1025 Silent 3475 4000 4400 Bellcore dr3 3 Ringing Shor...

Page 795: ...f N is greater than 10 or less than 1 Examples Alert Info ringtone 2 Alert Info ringtone 2 x line id 1 Alert Info http 10 1 0 31 info ringtone 2 Alert Info http 127 0 0 1 ringtone 2 Alert Info MyMelody2 Alert Info MyMelody2 x line id 1 Alert Info http 10 1 0 31 x line id 0 info MyMelody2 The following table identifies the corresponding local ring tone Value of N Ring Tone 1 Ring1 wav 2 Ring2 wav 3...

Page 796: ...tones alert_info X text is configured on the IP phone and then play the ring tone associated with the Internal Ringer Text the ring tone can be configured by the parameter distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X ringer If no internal ringer text maps the IP phone will play the preconfigured local ring tone in about 10 seconds Example Alert Info info family x line id 0 Alert Info http 10 1 0 31 info fa...

Page 797: ...ive_ring_tones alert_info X ringer Local Web User Interface Configure distinctive ring tones Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T 29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p account a dv q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servl et m mod_data p account a dv q load acc 0 Configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file Navig...

Page 798: ... Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Web User Interface Account Advanced Distinctive Ring Tones Phone User Interface None features alert_info_tone 0 or 1 0 Description Enables ...

Page 799: ...None distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X ringer X ranges from 1 to 10 Integer from 1 to 10 1 Description Configures the desired ring tones for each internal ringer text The value ranges from 1 to 10 the digit stands for the appropriate ring tone 1 Ring1 wav 2 Ring2 wav 3 Ring3 wav 4 Ring4 wav 5 Ring5 wav 6 Ring6 wav 7 Ring7 wav 8 Ring8 wav 9 Silent wav 10 Splash wav Web User Interface Settings Rin...

Page 800: ... change To configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Ring 2 Enter the keywords in the Internal Ringer Text fields 3 Select the desired ring tones for each text from the pull down lists of Internal Ringer File 4 Click Confirm to accept the change When receiving a message the IP phone will play a warning tone You can customize ...

Page 801: ...ne sets for IP phones Australia Austria Brazil Belgium China Czech Denmark Finland France Germany Great Britain Greece Hungary Lithuania India Italy Japan Mexico New Zealand Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Switzerland Sweden Russia United States Chile Czech ETSI Configured tones can be heard on IP phones for the following conditions Condition Description Dial When in the dialing interface Ring B...

Page 802: ...n receiving a text message For more information on text message refer to Short Message Service SMS Auto Answer When automatically answering a call For more information on auto answer refer to Auto Answer Procedure Tones can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the tones for the IP phone Parameters voice tone country voice tone dial v...

Page 803: ...m Australia Austria Brazil Belgium Chile China Czech Czech ETSI Denmark Finland France Germany Great Britain Greece Hungary Lithuania India Italy Japan Mexico New Zealand Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Switzerland Sweden Russia United States Example voice tone country Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Select Country Phone User Interface None voice tone dial String Blank Description Custo...

Page 804: ... 500 800 1500 1000 Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Dial Phone User Interface None voice tone ring String Blank Description Customizes the ringback tone The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the paramete...

Page 805: ...e None voice tone callwaiting String Blank Description Customizes the call waiting tone The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Call Waiting Phone User Interface None voice tone dialrecall String Blank Descr...

Page 806: ... to Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Info Phone User Interface None voice tone stutter String Blank Description Customizes the tone when the IP phone receives a voice mail The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom Web User Interface Se...

Page 807: ...formation on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Auto Answer Phone User Interface None To configure tones via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Tones 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Select Country If you select Custom you can customiz...

Page 808: ...o play a warning tone when the IP phone receives a new voice mail Parameters features voice_mail_tone_enable Local Web User Interface Configure whether to play a warning tone when the IP phone receives a new voice mail Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress s...

Page 809: ...the pull down list of Voice Mail Tone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Headset prior allows users to use headset preferentially if a headset is physically connected to the IP phone This feature is especially useful for permanent or full time headset users Note Procedure Headset prior can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure heads...

Page 810: ...et_prior 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables headset prior feature You need to press the HEADSET key to activate the headset mode in advance 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the headset mode will not be deactivated until the user presses the HEADSET key again If it is set to 0 Disabled the headset mode can be deactivated by pressing the Speakerphone key or the HEADSET key except...

Page 811: ... the headset connected to the headset jack has full duplex capabilities while the user with the headset connected to the handset jack is only able to listen Note Procedure Dual headset can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure dual headset Parameter features headset_training Local Web User Interface Configure dual headset Navigate to ...

Page 812: ...ure 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled users can use two headsets on one phone When the IP phone joins in a call the users with the headset connected to the headset jack have a full duplex conversation while the users with the headset connected to the handset jack are only allowed to listen to Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information ...

Page 813: ...ndset speakerphone or headset when the phone is in use Note Procedure Sending volume can be configured using the configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the sending volume of the speaker Parameter voice handfree_send Configure the sending volume of the handset Parameter voice handset_send Configure the sending volume of the headset Parameter voice headset_send It is not ...

Page 814: ...n Configures the sending volume of the speaker Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones We recommend that you modify this parameter cautiously An unreasonable value may render the voice quality bad If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Features Audio Handfree Send Volume 50 50 Phone User Interface None voice handset_send Integer...

Page 815: ...ity bad If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Features Audio Headset Send Volume 50 50 Phone User Interface None To configure sending volume via web user interface 1 Click on Features Audio 2 Enter the desired value in the Headset Send Volume 50 50 field 3 Enter the desired value in the Handset Send Volume 50 50 field 4 Enter the de...

Page 816: ...Supported Audio Codecs Default Audio Codecs SIP T48G T46G T42 G T41P T29G CP86 0 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G723_53 G723_63 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 SIP T40P T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G722 PCMA PCMU G729 SIP VP T49G G 722 1c 48kb s G 722 1c 32kb s G 722 1c 24kb s G 722 1 24kb s G722 PCMU PCMA G729 G726 16 G726...

Page 817: ...used for the RTP stream transfer Before establishing a conversation codec and ptime are negotiated through SIP signaling The valid values of ptime range from 10 to 60 in increments of 10 milliseconds The default ptime is 20ms You can also disable the ptime negotiation Codecs and priorities of these codecs are configurable on a per line basis The attribute rtpmap is used to define a mapping from RT...

Page 818: ...iguration Files Web User Interface 0 102 G726 40 Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 105 iLBC Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 106 Opus Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 107 For SIP VP T49G Codec Configuration Methods Priority RTPmap G 722 1C 48kb s Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 121 G 722 1C 32kb s Configuration Files Web User Interface 1 122 G 722 1C 24kb s Configur...

Page 819: ...figuration Files Web User Interface 11 103 iLBC Configuration Files Web User Interface 12 106 G723 Configuration Files Web User Interface 13 4 Opus Configuration Files Web User Interface 14 107 Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the codecs to use on a per line basis Parameters account X codec Y enable accou...

Page 820: ...Configure the sample rate for the Opus codec Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p account codec q load acc 0 For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p account codec q load acc 0 Configure the ptime Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29 G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAd...

Page 821: ...IP T19 P E2 CP860 Y ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP VP T49G Y ranges from 1 to 11 for SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 Y ranges from 1 to 9 for SIP T40P T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Default For SIP VP T49G When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 0 When Y 4 the default value is 1 When Y 5 the default value is 1 When Y 6 the default value is 0 ...

Page 822: ... E2 T19 P E2 When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 1 When Y 4 the default value is 1 When Y 5 the default value is 0 When Y 6 the default value is 0 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 When Y 9 the default value is 0 Example account 1 codec 1 enable 1 It means that the codec PCMU is enabled on the account 1 Web Use...

Page 823: ...26 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G723 Opus For SIP VP T49G When Y 1 the default value is PCMU When Y 2 the default value is PCMA When Y 3 the default value is G723 When Y 4 the default value is G729 When Y 5 the default value is G722 When Y 6 the default value is iLBC When Y 7 the default value is G726 16 When Y 8 the default value is G726 24 When Y 9 the default value is G726 32 When Y 10 the default v...

Page 824: ...the default value is G722 When Y 5 the default value is iLBC When Y 6 the default value is G726 16 When Y 7 the default value is G726 24 When Y 8 the default value is G726 32 When Y 9 the default value is G726 40 Example account 1 codec 1 payload_type PCMU Web User Interface Account Codec Audio Codec Phone User Interface None account X codec Y priority X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 15 I...

Page 825: ...is 9 When Y 10 the default value is 8 When Y 11 the default value is 14 When Y 12 the default value is 0 When Y 13 the default value is 1 When Y 14 the default value is 2 When Y 15 the default value is 3 For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 When Y 1 the default value is 2 When Y 2 the default value is 3 When Y 3 the default value is 0 When Y 4 the default value is 0 When Y 5 the default value is...

Page 826: ...ghest priority in the enable codec list Web User Interface Account Codec Audio Codec Phone User Interface None account X codec Y rtpmap X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 15 Integer from 0 to 127 Refer to the following content Description Configures the rtpmap of the audio codec for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges...

Page 827: ... 0 When Y 2 the default value is 8 When Y 3 the default value is 4 When Y 4 the default value is 4 When Y 5 the default value is 18 When Y 6 the default value is 9 When Y 7 the default value is 106 When Y 8 the default value is 103 When Y 9 the default value is 104 When Y 10 the default value is 102 When Y 11 the default value is 105 For SIP T40P T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 When Y 1 the defau...

Page 828: ...Configures the sample rate for the Opus codec Opus FB Opus FB 48KHz Opus SWB Opus FB 24KHz Opus WB Opus FB 16KHz Opus MB Opus FB 12KHz Opus NB Opus FB 8KHz Example account 1 codec 11 para Opus FB Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Account Codec Opus Sample Rate Phone User Interface None account X ptime 0 10 20 30 40 50 or 60 20 Description Configures the ptime i...

Page 829: ...one To configure the codecs to use and adjust the priority of the enabled codecs on a per line basis via web user interface 1 Click on Account Codec 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired codec from the Disable Codecs column and then click The selected codec appears in the Enable Codecs column 4 Repeat the step 4 to add more codecs to the Enable Codecs...

Page 830: ...nt from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Opus Sample Rate 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the ptime for the account via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of PTime ms 4 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 831: ... by the remote party AEC may be used to reduce avoid echo when the user uses the handset Note Procedure AEC can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure AEC Parameter voice echo_cancellation Local Web User Interface Configure AEC Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress...

Page 832: ...ho Cancellation ECHO Phone User Interface None To configure AEC via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of ECHO 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Background noise suppression BNS is designed primarily for hands free operation and reduces background noise to enhance communication in noisy environments Automatic Gain Control AGC is appli...

Page 833: ... unnecessary coding or transmission of silence packets in VoIP applications saving on computation and network bandwidth Procedure VAD can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure VAD Parameter voice vad Local Web User Interface Configure VAD Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http ph...

Page 834: ...of the silence suppression or VAD handling for VoIP technology CNG in conjunction with VAD algorithms quickly responds when periods of silence occur and inserts artificial noise until voice activity resumes The insertion of artificial noise gives the illusion of a constant transmission stream so that background sound is consistent throughout the call and the listener does not think the line has re...

Page 835: ...ion files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure CNG Parameter voice cng Local Web User Interface Configure CNG Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40 P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress ser vlet p settings voice q loa d For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress ser vlet m mod_data p settin gs voice q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Param...

Page 836: ...nges The jitter buffer located at the receiving end of the voice connection intentionally delays the arriving packets so that the end user experiences a clear connection with very little sound distortion IP phones support two types of jitter buffers fixed and adaptive A fixed jitter buffer adds the fixed delay to voice packets You can configure the delay time for the static jitter buffer on IP pho...

Page 837: ... VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings voice q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default voice jib adaptive 0 or 1 1 Description Configures the type of jitter buffer 0 Fixed 1 Adaptive Web User Interface Settings Voice JITTER BUFFER Type Phone User Interface None voice jib min Integer from 0 to 400 60 Description Configures the minimum delay t...

Page 838: ...terface None voice jib normal Integer from 0 to 400 120 Description Configures the normal delay time in milliseconds of jitter buffer Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to 0 Fixed Web User Interface Settings Voice JITTER BUFFER Normal Phone User Interface None To configure Jitter Buffer via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Mark the desired radi...

Page 839: ...Configuring Audio Features 817 5 Enter the fixed delay time for fixed jitter buffer in the Normal field The valid value ranges from 20 to 300 6 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 840: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 818 ...

Page 841: ... eyes are very good at judging what is white under different light sources but the camera often have great difficulty with auto white balance and can create unsightly blue orange or even green color casts Adjusting white balance can help you remove unrealistic color casts and then improve the images under a wider range of lighting conditions Sharpness Describes the clarity of detail in a video ima...

Page 842: ... Calls The video call feature is enabled by default You can disable this feature as required When you disable the video call feature the calls are audio only Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the video settings Parameter video enable video auto_start_video enable video auto_answer_video_mute enab...

Page 843: ...change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Video Video Active Phone User Interface Menu Basic Video Setting Video Enable video auto_start_video enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the video transmission from the near site starts when a call starts 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is ...

Page 844: ...eo when an incoming call is automatically answered and the other party cannot see you before you turn on the video Note It works only if the auto answer feature is enabled and the value of the parameter video auto_start_video enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Video Auto Answer Video Mute Phone User Interface Menu Basic Video Setti...

Page 845: ...red_gain Integer from 0 to 100 0 Description Configures the red gain of the camera Note It works only if the value of the parameter camera scene_mode is set to 0 Manual and camera white_balance is set to 5 Manual It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Camera Red Gain Phone User Interface Menu Basic Camera Setting Red Gain camera blue_gain Integer from 0 to 100 0...

Page 846: ...camera scene_mode is set to 0 Manual It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Camera Brightness Phone User Interface Menu Basic Camera Setting Brightness camera contrast Integer from 0 to 100 50 Description Configures the contrast of the camera Note It works only if the value of the parameter camera scene_mode is set to 0 Manual It is only applicable to SIP VP T49...

Page 847: ...to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Camera Noise Reduction 2D Phone User Interface Menu Basic Camera Setting NR2D level camera exposure_compensation enable 0 1 2 or 3 0 Description Disables or configures the value of camera exposure compensation 0 Off 1 1 2 2 3 3 Note Exposure compensation is used to compensate the camera effectively when shooting in a backlight environment If the...

Page 848: ...on the status bar when the camera is not detected 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Camera Video Icon on Status Bar Phone User Interface None To configure the camera settings via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Camera 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Scene Mode If you select Manual from the pull down lis...

Page 849: ...ra settings via phone user interface 1 Tap Basic Camera Setting 2 Tap the Scene Mode field 3 Tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box If you tap Manual Settings do the following 1 Tap the White Balance field 2 Tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box If you tap Manual Settings do the following a Enter the desired value in the Red Gain field b Enter the desired value in the Blue Gain fi...

Page 850: ...Click Confirm to accept the change CODEC is an abbreviation of COmTap DEComTap capable of coding or decoding a digital data stream or signal by implementing an algorithm The object of the algorithm is to represent the high fidelity video signal with minimum number of bits while retaining the quality This can effectively reduce the frame size and the bandwidth required for video transmission The vi...

Page 851: ...4 BP H264 90000 Tx WQVGA 360P 448P 540P 720P 1080P Rx Conventional Size Below 1080P H 264 HP H264 90000 Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the video codecs to use on a per line basis Parameters account X video Y enable account X video Y payload_type Configure the priority and rtpmap for the enabled video co...

Page 852: ...e account 1 you need to configure the following two parameters account 1 video 1 enable 1 account 1 video 2 enable 1 If you want to enable the codec H264HP on the account 1 you need to configure the following parameter account 1 video 3 enable 1 If you want to enable the codec H263 on the account 1 you need to configure the following parameter account 1 video 4 enable 1 Note It is only applicable ...

Page 853: ...3 When Y 3 the default value is 1 When Y 4 the default value is 4 Example account 1 video 1 priority 2 Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Account Codec Video Codec Phone User Interface None To configure the video codecs and adjust the priority of the enabled video codecs on a per account basis via web user interface 1 Click on Account Codec 2 Select the desired ...

Page 854: ...ries CP860 IP Phones 832 6 To adjust the priority of codecs select the desired codec and then click or 7 Click Confirm to accept the change Note If you want to enable the codec H264HP via web user interface you should enable the codec H264 at the same time ...

Page 855: ...er interface you need to enter the user name and password to access various menu options A user or an administrator can change the user password The default user password is user For security reasons the user or administrator should change the default user password as soon as possible Procedure User password can be changed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx c...

Page 856: ...word The valid value format is username new password Example security user_password user 123 means setting the password of user current user name is user to password 123 Note IP phones support ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E in passwords You can set the password to be empty via web user interface only Web User Interface Security Password Phone User Interface None To change the user password via ...

Page 857: ...ally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Change the administrator password Parameter security user_password Local Web User Interface Change the administrator password Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p security q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p security q l oad Phone User Interface C...

Page 858: ...enu Settings Advanced Settings Set Password To change the administrator password via web user interface 1 Click on Security Password 2 Select admin from the pull down list of User Type 3 Enter the current administrator password in the Old Password field 4 Enter new password in the New Password and Confirm Password fields Valid characters are ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E except 58 3A 5 Click C...

Page 859: ...Configure auto logout time Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T2 9G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p features gen eral q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features relog_offtime Integer from 1 to 1000 5 Description Configures th...

Page 860: ...he change Phone lock is used to lock the IP phone to prevent it from unauthorized use Once the IP phone is locked a user must enter the password to unlock it IP phones offer three types of phone lock Menu Key Function Keys and All Keys The IP phone will not be locked immediately after the phone lock type is configured One of the following steps is also needed Long press the pound key when the IP p...

Page 861: ...out Configure emergency numbers Parameter phone_setting emergency number Assign a phone lock key Parameter linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label Local Web User Interface Configure the phone lock type Change the unlock PIN Configure the IP phone to automatically lock the phone after a time interval Co...

Page 862: ...to automatically lock the phone after a time interval Assign a phone lock key Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting phone_lock enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the phone lock feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Phone Lock Phone Lock Enable Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin ...

Page 863: ... PIN phone_setting phone_lock lock_time_out Integer from 0 to 3600 0 Description Configures the interval in seconds to automatically lock the phone The default value is 0 the phone is locked only by long pressing the pound key or pressing the phone lock key Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting phone_lock enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Phone Lock Ph...

Page 864: ...on Keys Menu key Idle screen Allow Behavior You are allowed to press the desired Line Key key type is line or the Speakerphone key to enter the dialing screen Keys not Locked Line keys key type is line digit keys volume key Speakerphone key off hook key and on hook key Note Line key is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones Speakerphone key is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Off hook...

Page 865: ...ADSET and Speakerphone key are not applicable to CP860 IP phones Off hook key and on hook key are only applicable to CP860 IP phones OK and X keys are not applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones The same as All Keys but you can dial any number The Menu key key type is menu is locked Talking Allow Behavior You are allowed to end the call initiate a new call to dial the emergency number and resume a cal...

Page 866: ... content Description Configures a DSS key as a phone lock key on the IP phone The digit 50 stands for the key type Phone Lock For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable ...

Page 867: ...fault value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP VP T49G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the d...

Page 868: ...e default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 D...

Page 869: ... 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward ...

Page 870: ...1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User Interface DSSKey Line Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label ...

Page 871: ...o configure the type of phone lock via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Phone Lock 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Lock Enable field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Lock Type field 4 Enter the desired interval of automatic phone lock in the Lock Time Out field 5 Press th...

Page 872: ...ach other and negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is exchanged The TLS protocol uses asymmetric encryption for authentication of key exchange symmetric encryption for confidentiality and message authentication codes for integrity Symmetric encryption For symmetric encryption the encryption key and the corresponding decryption key can be told by each other In most c...

Page 873: ...SS DES CBC SHA EXP DES CBC SHA EXP RC4 MD5 The following figure illustrates the TLS messages exchanged between the IP phone and TLS server to establish an encrypted communication channel Step1 IP phone sends Client Hello message proposing SSL options Step2 Server responds with Server Hello message selecting the SSL options sends its public key information in Server Key Exchange message and conclud...

Page 874: ...cate to the clients for authentication The IP phone has two types of built in server certificates a unique server certificate and a generic server certificate You can only upload one server certificate to the IP phone The old server certificate will be overridden by the new one The format of the server certificate files must be pem and cer and the maximum file size is 5MB A unique server certifica...

Page 875: ...onfigure server certificates feature Parameters security dev_cert Upload the trusted certificates Parameter trusted_certificates url Delete all uploaded trusted certificates Parameter trusted_certificates delete Upload the server certificates Parameter server_certificates url Delete all uploaded server certificates Parameter server_certificates delete Configure the custom certificates Parameter ph...

Page 876: ...P860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p trusted cert q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p trusted cert q load Configure server certificates feature Upload the server certificates Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p server cert q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p serv...

Page 877: ..._certificates 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to only trust the server certificates in the Trusted Certificates list 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will trust the server no matter whether the certificate sent by the server is valid or not If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will authenticate the server certificate based on the trusted certific...

Page 878: ...ne User Interface None security cn_validation 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to mandatorily validate the CommonName or SubjectAltName of the certificate sent by the server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Security Trusted Certificates Common Name Validation Phone User Interface N...

Page 879: ...e The certificate you want to upload must be in pem crt cer or der format Web User Interface Security Trusted Certificates Load trusted certificates file Phone User Interface None trusted_certificates delete http localhost all Blank Description Deletes all uploaded trusted certificates Example trusted_certificates delete http localhost all Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None server_c...

Page 880: ...scription Deletes all uploaded server certificates Example server_certificates delete http localhost all Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None phone_setting reserve_certs_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to reserve custom certificates after it is reset to factory defaults 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure TLS...

Page 881: ...ed certificates via web user interface 1 Click on Security Trusted Certificates 2 Select the desired values from the pull down lists of Only Accept Trusted Certificates Common Name Validation and CA Certificates 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To upload a trusted certificate via web user interface 1 Click on Security Trusted Certificates ...

Page 882: ...l system 3 Click Upload to upload the certificate To configure the server certificates via web user interface 1 Click on Security Server Certificates 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Device Certificates 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To upload a server certificate via web user interface 1 Click on Security Server Certificates ...

Page 883: ...is compliant with RFC 4568 When a user places a call on the enabled SRTP phone the IP phone sends an INVITE message with the RTP encryption algorithm to the destination phone As described in RFC 3711 RTP streams may be encrypted using an AES advanced encryption standard algorithm Example of the RTP encryption algorithm carried in the SDP of the INVITE message m audio 11780 RTP SAVP 0 8 18 9 101 a ...

Page 884: ... on a per line basis When SRTP is enabled on both IP phones RTP streams will be encrypted and a lock icon appears on the LCD screen of each IP phone after successful negotiation Note Procedure SRTP can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File MAC cfg Configure SRTP feature on a per line basis Parameter account X srtp_encryption Configure SRTP feature for IP call Pa...

Page 885: ...it is set to 1 Optional the IP phone will negotiate with the other IP phone what type of encryption to utilize for the session If it is set to 2 Compulsory the IP phone is forced to use SRTP during a call X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T42G X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2...

Page 886: ...te with the other IP phone what type of encryption to utilize for the session If it is set to 2 Compulsory the IP phone is forced to use SRTP during a call Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Account SIP IP Call RTP Encryption SRTP Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin VC Accounts SIP IP Call SRTP To configure SRTP feature for account via web ...

Page 887: ...e 1 Click on Account SIP IP Call 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of RTP Encryption SRTP 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure SRTP feature for IP call via phone user interface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Tap Advanced default password admin VC Accounts SIP IP Call 2 Tap the RTP Encryption SRTP field and then tap the desired value in the pop up dialog box ...

Page 888: ...For a Microsoft Windows platform you can use a Yealink supplied encryption tool Config_Encrypt_Tool exe to encrypt the y0000000000xx cfg and MAC cfg files respectively Note For security reasons administrator should upload encrypted configuration files y0000000000xx_Security enc and or MAC_Security enc files to the root directory of the provisioning server During auto provisioning the IP phone requ...

Page 889: ...et directory from your local system in the Target Directory field The tool uses the file folder Encrypted as the target directory by default 4 Optional Mark the desired radio box in the AES Model field If you mark the Manual radio box you can enter an AES key in the AES KEY field or click Re Generate to generate an AES key in the AES KEY field The configuration file s will be encrypted using the A...

Page 890: ... CFG file s encrypted key file s and an Aeskey txt file storing plaintext AES key s Procedure Decryption method can be configured using the configuration files Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the decryption method Parameter auto_provision aes_key_in_file Configure AES keys Parameters auto_provision aes_key_16 com auto_provision aes_key_16 mac Local Web User Interface Configure AES k...

Page 891: ...d the IP phone will download y0000000000xx_Security enc and MAC_Security enc files during auto provisioning and then decrypts these files into the plaintext keys e g key2 key3 respectively using the phone built in key e g key1 The IP phone then decrypts the encrypted configuration files using corresponding key e g key2 key3 If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will decrypt the encrypted configu...

Page 892: ...rs Blank Description Configures the plaintext AES key for decrypting the MAC Oriented CFG file The valid characters contain 0 9 A Z a z and the following special characters are also supported _ Example auto_provision aes_key_16 mac 0123456789abmins Note It works only if the value of the parameter auto_provision aes_key_in_file is set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision MAC Ori...

Page 893: ...ess Control PNAC part of the IEEE 802 1 group of networking protocols It offers an authentication mechanism for devices to connect link to a LAN or WLAN The 802 1X authentication involves three parties a supplicant an authenticator and an authentication server The supplicant is the IP phone that wishes to attach to the LAN or WLAN With 802 1X port based authentication the IP phone provides credent...

Page 894: ...password network 802_1x root_cert_url network 802_1x client_cert_url Local Web User Interface Configure the 802 1X authentication Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T 29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servle t p network adv q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servle t m mod_data p network ad v q load Phone User Interface Configure the 802 1X authentica...

Page 895: ...ation Example network 802_1x identity admin Note It works only if the value of the parameter network 802_1x mode is set to 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced 802 1x Identity Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Network 802 1x Settings Identity network 802_1x...

Page 896: ...7 The format of the certificate must be pem crt cer or der Web User Interface Network Advanced 802 1x CA Certificates Phone User Interface None network 802_1x client_cert_url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the device certificate Example network 802_1x client_cert_url http 192 168 1 10 client pem Note It works only if the value of the parameter network 802_...

Page 897: ...If you select EAP TLS 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Leave the MD5 Password field blank 3 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system 4 In the Device Certificates field click Browse to select the desired client pem or cer certificate from your local system ...

Page 898: ...d the certificates c If you select EAP PEAP MSCHAPv2 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 3 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system ...

Page 899: ...ou select EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 3 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system ...

Page 900: ...s T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 878 4 Click Upload to upload the certificate e If you select EAP PEAP GTC 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field ...

Page 901: ...o select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system 4 Click Upload to upload the certificate f If you select EAP TTLS EAP GTC 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field ...

Page 902: ...icates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system 4 Click Upload to upload the certificate g If you select EAP FAST 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field ...

Page 903: ...Advanced Settings default password admin Network 802 1x Settings 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the 802 1x Mode field a If you select EAP MD5 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field b If you select EAP TLS 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Leav...

Page 904: ... Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field f If you select EAP TTLS EAP GTC 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field g If you select EAP FAST 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 3 Click Save to acc...

Page 905: ...are needed You can configure the phone to periodically upload the log files to the provisioning server only support an FTP TFTP as the provisioning server There are two types of log files on the provisioning server mac boot log e g 0015659188f2 boot log and mac sys log 0015659188f2 sys log The mac boot log file is uploaded to the provisioning server after every boot The mac sys log file is uploade...

Page 906: ... on the provisioning server syslog ftp append_limit_mode Specify the phone to stop log upload or delete the old lod when the log on the provisioning server reaches the max size syslog bootlog_upload_wait_time Specify the waiting time before the phone uploads the log file to the provisioning server auto_provision server url Specify the access URL of the syslog server or provisioning server Procedur...

Page 907: ...information to be exported 0 system is unusable 1 action must be taken immediately 2 critical condition 3 error conditions 4 warning conditions 5 normal but significant condition 6 informational Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Settings Configuration System Log Level Phone User Interface None To configure the level of the ...

Page 908: ... configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the syslog mode Parameters syslog mode Local Web User Interface Configure the syslog mode Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings config q l oad Informational level may make some sensitive information accessible e g passwo...

Page 909: ...ange this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Settings Configuration Export System Log Phone User Interface None To export a log file to the local system via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Mark the Local radio box in the Export System Log field A dialog box pops up to prompt Warning Some settings you changed take effect when ...

Page 910: ...ur local system A log file named syslog tar is successfully exported to your local system To view the log file on your local system 1 Extract the combined log files to your local system 2 Open the folder you extracted to and identify the files you will view The following figure shows a portion of a mac log e g 0015659188F2 log an account registration ...

Page 911: ...nfigure the IP address or domain name of the syslog server where to export the log files Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings config q l oad For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings config q l oad Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default sysl...

Page 912: ...name of the syslog server when exporting log to the syslog server Example syslog server 192 168 1 100 Note It works only if the value of the parameter syslog mode is set to 1 Server If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Settings Configuration Server Name Phone User Interface None To configure the phone to export the system log to a ...

Page 913: ...eboot now The configuration will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone The system log will be exported successfully to the desired syslog server 192 168 1 100 after a reboot 6 Reproduce the issue To view the log file on your syslog server You can view the system log file in the desired folder on the syslog server The location of the folder may differ from the syslog server For ...

Page 914: ...figuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the syslog mode Parameters syslog mode Configure the period of the log upload in seconds to the provisioning server Parameters syslog log_upload_period Configure whether the log files on the provisioning server are overwritten or appended Parameters syslog ftp post_mode Configure the maximum size of the log files on the provisioning server Parameters sys...

Page 915: ...rovisioning server reaches the max size Parameters syslog ftp append_limit_mode Configure the waiting time before the phone uploads the log file to the provisioning server Parameters syslog bootlog_upload_wait_time Configure the access URL of the provisioning server Parameters auto_provision server url ...

Page 916: ...og on the provisioning server reaches the max size Configure the waiting time before the phone uploads the log file to the provisioning server Navigate to For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T40P T29G T27P T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings config q load For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings config q l oad Configure the access URL of the pr...

Page 917: ...em Log Phone User Interface None syslog log_upload_period Integer from 30 to 2592000 30 Description Configures the period of the log upload in seconds to the provisioning server Example syslog log_upload_period 60 Note It works only if the value of the parameter syslog mode is set to 2 FTP TFTP Server If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Int...

Page 918: ...12 Description Configures the maximum size of the log files on the provisioning server Example syslog ftp max_logfile 511 Note It works only if the value of the parameter syslog mode is set to 2 FTP TFTP Server If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Settings Configuration Append Limit Size 200 65535 K Phone User Interface None syslog...

Page 919: ...2 FTP TFTP Server If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None auto_provision server url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the provisioning server Example auto_provision server url tftp 10 3 6 133 Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Server URL Phone User Interface...

Page 920: ...0_W56P_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the phone to export the system log to an FTP TFTP server via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Mark the Ftp Tftp server radio box in the Export System Log field 3 Enter the upload period of the log files in the Upload Period 30 2592000 s field 4 Select the desired post mode from the pull...

Page 921: ...ou want to reboot now The configuration will take effect after a reboot 8 Click OK to reboot the phone The system log will be exported successfully to the desired FTP TFTP server after a reboot 9 Reproduce the issue To view the log file on your FTP TFTP server You can view the system log file in the root directory folder you have configured on the FTP TFTP server The following figure shows a porti...

Page 922: ...port the packets file to the local system and analyze it If you capture the packets for SIP VP T49G IP phones you can configure the maximum size and the filter type of the packets Procedure Pcap feature can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure Pcap feature Parameter packet_capture max_file_counts packet_capture max_file_bytes packet_...

Page 923: ...igures the number of bytes in KB of the packet to capture Note It is only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Configuration Packet Capture Clip Bytes Phone User Interface None packet_capture filter_type 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the filter type of the packet to capture 0 Custom Customize the packet filter string 1 SIP or H245 or H225 Capture SIP H245 and H225 pa...

Page 924: ...ed the host keyword is used For example src 10 1 1 1 is equivalent to src host 10 1 1 1 Logical Operations Values not and or Negation not has highest precedence Alternation or and concatenation and have equal precedence and associate left to right For example not tcp port 3128 and tcp port 23 is equivalent to not tcp port 3128 and tcp port 23 not tcp port 3128 and tcp port 23 is NOT equivalent to ...

Page 925: ...To capture packets via web user interface take SIP VP T49G IP phones for example 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Enter the desired value in the Packet Capture Count field 3 Enter the desired value in the Packet Capture Clip Bytes field 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Pcap Filter Type If Custom is selected enter the desired packet filter string in the Packet Filter String ...

Page 926: ... from PC port Connect the Internet port of the IP phone to the Internet and the PC port of the IP phone to a PC Before capturing the signal traffic make sure the data packets can be received from the WAN Internet port to the PC LAN port It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Procedure Span to PC port can be configured using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg C...

Page 927: ...ved from the WAN Internet port to the PC LAN port 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled all data packets from WAN port can be received by PC port Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter network pc_port enable is set to 1 Auto Negotiate If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Ne...

Page 928: ...he phone Then you can use Sniffer Ethereal or Wireshark software to capture the signal traffic The IP phone provides a troubleshooting feature called Watch Dog which helps you monitor the IP phone status and provides the ability to get stack traces from the last time the IP phone failed If Watch Dog feature is enabled the IP phone will automatically reboot when it detects a fatal failure This feat...

Page 929: ... servle t p settings preference q loa d For SIP VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servle t m mod_data p settings pre ference q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default watch_dog enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the Watch Dog feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will reboot automatically when the system is broken down Web...

Page 930: ...hone is detected a prompting message Network unavailable and the icon will appear on the LCD screen If a voice mail is received the MESSAGE key LED illuminates For more information on the icons refer to Reading Icons on page 37 Talk statistics may consist of the video and audio data during an active call You can view the talk statistics during an active call via web phone user interface Informatio...

Page 931: ...ted to your local system config bin mac all cfg mac local cfg We recommend you to edit the exported CFG file instead of the BIN file to change the phone s current settings if your phone is running firmware version 73 or later For more information on configuration files refer to Configuration Files on page 48 The config bin file is an encrypted file For more information on config bin file contact y...

Page 932: ... VP T49G http phoneIPAddress servlet m mod_data p settings confi g q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default configuration url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL for the custom configuration files Note The file format of custom configuration file must be bin Web User Interface Settings Configuration Export or Import Configur...

Page 933: ... on Settings Configuration 2 In the Export or Import Configuration block click Browse to locate a BIN configuration file from your local system 3 Click Import to import the configuration file The mac all cfg configuration file contains all changes made via phone user interface web user interface and using configuration files The mac local cfg configuration file contains changes made via phone user...

Page 934: ...ocal Configuration or All Configuration from the pull down list of Export CFG Configuration File 3 Click Export to open file download window and then save the file to your local system To import CFG configuration files via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 In the Import CFG Configuration File block click Browse to locate a CFG configuration file from your local system ...

Page 935: ...iguration 2 Click Start to begin capturing signal traffic The system log level will be automatically set to 6 3 Reproduce the issue 4 Click Stop to stop the capture The system log level will be reset to 3 5 Click Export to open file download window and then save the diagnostic file to your local system A diagnostic file named allconfig tar is successfully exported to your local system Note To view...

Page 936: ...red network Ensure that the Ethernet cable is plugged into the Internet port on the IP phone and the Ethernet cable is not loose Ensure that the Ethernet cable is not damaged Ensure that the IP address and related network parameters are set correctly Ensure that your network switch or hub is operational Ensure that the Wi Fi feature is disabled If your phone connects to the wireless network If the...

Page 937: ...at of the access URL of the provisioning server can be tftp IPv6 address or domain name For example if the provisioning server address is 2001 250 1801 1 the access URL of the provisioning server can be tftp 2001 250 1801 1 For more information on provisioning refer to Yealink_SIP T2 Series_T19 P E2_T4 Series_CP860_W56P_IP_Phones_Auto_Provisioning_Guide Check if the IP phone is configured to obtai...

Page 938: ... everyone that can access the server while a local phone book can only be used by a specific phone A remote phone book is always used as a central phone book for a company each employee can load it to obtain the real time data from the same server Press the volume key to increase or decrease the ringer volume when the IP phone is idle or to adjust the volume of engaged audio device handset speaker...

Page 939: ... streams in which audio data is transmitted to the connected call Try to disable the 180 ring workaround feature For more information refer to 180 Ring Workaround on page 350 Ensure that the 180 ring workaround feature is disabled For more information refer to 180 Ring Workaround on page 350 Ensure that the display device has suitable resolution Check whether the packet has been lost For more info...

Page 940: ... HDMI cable is not loose Ensure that the HDMI cable is not damaged Ensure the IP phone and your gateway router are within the working range and there is no obvious interference walls doors etc between them If you successfully connect the IP phone to the 2 4G 5G wireless network but the video images is not smooth Or you cannot connect the IP phone to the 2 4G 5G wireless network Check if there are ...

Page 941: ...to the IP phone model Ensure that the current or the target firmware is not protected Ensure that the power is on and the network is available in the process of upgrading Ensure that the web browser is not closed or refreshed when upgrading firmware via web user interface Press the OK key when the IP phone is idle to check the firmware version For example 44 80 0 90 Item Description 1 44 Hardware ...

Page 942: ...ctly Reboot the phone Some configurations require a reboot to take effect Ensure that the configuration is applicable to the IP phone model The configuration may depend on support from a server Auto provisioning refers to the update of IP phones including update on configuration parameters local phone book firmware and so on You can use auto provisioning on a single phone but it makes more sense i...

Page 943: ... take effect Generally some common issues may occur while using the IP phone You can reset your phone to factory configurations after you have tried all troubleshooting suggestions but do not solve the problem Resetting the phone to factory configurations clears the flash parameters removes log files user data and cached data and resets the administrator password to admin All custom settings will ...

Page 944: ... 3 Click OK to confirm the resetting The IP phone will be reset to factory sucessfully after startup Note Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files or locally Configuration File y0000000000xx cf g Configure the Import Factory Configuration feature Parameters features custom_factory_config enable Configure the access URL of the custom factory configuration files...

Page 945: ... displayed on the IP phone s web user interface at the path Settings Configuration You can import a custom factory configuration file or delete the user defined factory configuration via web user interface Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None custom_factory_configuration url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom factory configuration files...

Page 946: ...hen the custom factory configuration file is imported successrully you can reset the IP phone to custom factory configurations For more information on how to reset to factory configuration via web user interface refer to How to reset the IP phone to default factory configurations on page 922 You can delete the user defined factory configurations via web user interface To delete the custom factory ...

Page 947: ...port remote reboot by a SIP NOTIFY message with Event check sync header Whether the IP phone reboots or not depends on the value of the parameter sip notify_reboot_enable If the value is set to 1 or the value is set to 0 and the header of the SIP NOTIFY message contains an additional string reboot true the IP phone will reboot immediately The NOTIFY message is formed as shown NOTIFY sip user dstho...

Page 948: ...ted Values Default sip notify_reboot_enable 0 1 or 2 1 Description Configure the IP phone behavior when receiving a SIP NOTIFY message which contains the header Event check sync 0 The IP phone will reboot only if the SIP NOTIFY message contains an additional string reboot true 1 The IP phone will be forced to reboot 2 The IP phone will ignore the SIP NOTIFY message Web User Interface None Phone Us...

Page 949: ...ft key to reboot the phone The phone begins rebooting Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes To reboot the phone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Upgrade 2 Click Reboot to reboot the IP phone The phone begins rebooting Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes ...

Page 950: ...ed by destination device UDP TCP SIP protocol port it is used for signaling interaction with SIP server 1024 65535 TR 069 Server IP address of TR 069 server Determined by destination device TCP TR 069 protocol port it is used to communicate with TR 069server 1024 65535 File server IP address of file server Determined by destination device TCP HTTP protocol port it is used to download file 1024 655...

Page 951: ...ress of LDAP server Determined by destination device TCP LDAP protocol port it is used to obtain the contact information from LDAP server 1024 65535 NTP Server IP address of NTP server 123 UDP NTP protocol port it is used to synchronize time from NTP time server 1024 65535 Syslog Server IP address of syslog server 514 UDP Syslog protocol port it is used for IP phones to upload syslog information t...

Page 952: ...hones IP address of IP phones 1 65535 TCP HTTP port default value 443 SIP Server IP address of SIP Server 1024 65534 UDP TCP SIP protocol port it is used for signaling interaction with SIP server IP phone of voice gatewa y IP address of IP phone or voice gateway 2 65535 UDP RTP protocol port it is used by destination device to send or receive audio stream TR 069 Server IP address of TR 069 Server ...

Page 953: ...t of the compressed file and can be stored in smaller space Tools for converting BMP format to DOB format are available For more information refer to Customizing a Logo Template File on page 221 IP phones use the PoE preferentially If no lights appear on the IP phone when it is powered up do one of the following Reboot your IP phone Replace the power adapter If the power indicator LED is on the ke...

Page 954: ...h drive or mobile hard disk with low power If there is no volume sending from the speaker or sending volume is too low the Hands free MIC cable may not have been properly connected If there is no volume receiving from the speaker or receiving volume is too low the speaker cable may not have been properly connected Ensure that the headset or handset is not damaged If the headset or handset is usabl...

Page 955: ...e IP phone sends to the server when a certain action takes place On code is used to activate a feature on the server side while off code is used to deactivate a feature on the server side For example if you set the Always Forward on code to be 78 may vary on different servers and the target number to be 201 When you enable Always Forward on the IP phone the IP phone sends 78201 to the server and t...

Page 956: ...RFC 2543 is used in the INVITE message when placing a call on hold Capturing packets after you disable the RFC 2543 Hold feature SDP media connection address c 0 0 0 0 per RFC 3264 is used in the INVITE message when placing a call on hold For more information on RFC 2543 hold feature refer to Call Hold on page 359 For more information on capturing packets refer to Capturing Packets on page 900 ...

Page 957: ...em for computers services or any resource connected to the Internet or a private network EAP MD5 Extensible Authentication Protocol Message Digest Algorithm 5 only provides authentication of the EAP peer to the EAP server but not mutual authentication EAP TLS Extensible Authentication Protocol Transport Layer Security provides for mutual authentication integrity protected cipher suite negotiation ...

Page 958: ...ansport Protocol provides end to end service for real time data TCP Transmission Control Protocol a transport layer protocol used by applications that require guaranteed delivery UDP User Datagram Protocol a protocol offers non guaranteed datagram delivery URI Uniform Resource Identifier a compact sequence of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource URL Uniform Resource Locator ...

Page 959: ...ohns 3 Argentina Buenos Aires Brazil DST Brazil no DST Denmark Greenland Nuuk 2 30 Newfoundland and Labrador 2 Brazil no DST 1 Portugal Azores 0 Denmark Faroe Islands Torshavn GMT Greenland Ireland Dublin Morocco Portugal Lisboa Porto Funchal Spain Canary Islands Las Palmas United Kingdom London 1 Albania Tirane Austria Vienna Belgium Brussels Caicos Chad Croatia Zagreb Czech Republic Prague Denma...

Page 960: ...ralia Brisbane Australia Hobart Australia Sydney Melboume Canberra Russia Vladivostok 10 30 Australia Lord Howe Islands 11 New Caledonia Noumea Russia Srednekolymsk Time 11 30 Norfolk Island 12 New Zealand Wellington Auckland Russia Kamchatka Time 12 45 New Zealand Chatham Islands 13 Tonga Nukualofa 13 30 Chatham Islands 14 Kiribati Yealink IP phones trust the following CAs by default DigiCert Hig...

Page 961: ...pt Authority X1 and Let s Encrypt Authority X2 are signed by the root certificate ISRG Root X1 Baltimore CyberTrust Root DST Root CA X3 Version Public SureServer CA G14 SHA2 Note Yealink endeavors to maintain a built in list of most common used CA Certificates Due to memory constraints we cannot ensure a complete set of certificates If you are using a certificate from a commercial Certificate Auth...

Page 962: ...SIP T48G T46G T29G T27P IP phones The following table lists the number of DSS keys you can configure for each phone model Phone Model Line Key Programable Key Ext Key SIP VP T49G 29 7 SIP T48G 29 13 39 SIP T46G 27 13 39 SIP T42G 15 11 SIP T41P 15 11 SIP T40P 3 11 SIP T29G 27 14 39 SIP T27P 21 14 39 SIP T23P G 3 11 SIP T21 P E2 2 11 SIP T19 P E2 11 CP860 8 Note The programable key takes effect only...

Page 963: ... pickup_value X ranges from 1 to 4 programablekey X label SIP T19 P E2 SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 SIP T29G T27P SIP T42G T41P T40 P SIP T48G T46G CP860 SIP VP T49G 1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 4 SoftKey4 SoftKey4 SoftKey4 SoftKey4 SoftKey...

Page 964: ...P T19 P E2 SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 SIP T29G T27P SIP T42G T41P T40 P SIP T48G T46G CP860 SIP VP T49G 8 Right Right Right Right Right 9 OK OK OK OK OK OK 10 Cancel Cancel Cancel Cancel 11 CONF 12 Hold Hold Hold 13 Mute Mute Mute Mute Mute Mute 14 TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN X Phone Model ...

Page 965: ... X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 4 12 14 for SIP VP T49G X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T48G T46G X 1 10 13 for SIP T42G T41P T40P X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E...

Page 966: ...5 Line 16 BLF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 37 Switch 38 LDAP 39 BLF List 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 42 ACD 45 Local Group 50 Phone Lock 56 Retrieve Park not applicable to SIP VP T49G CP860 IP phones 61 Directory 66 Paging List 77 Mobile Account only applicable to SIP VP T49G IP phones ...

Page 967: ...tory 30 Menu 32 New SMS 33 Status 34 Hot Desking only applicable to SIP VP T49G SIP T48G T46G T29G T19 P E2 IP phones 38 LDAP not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 43 Local Directory 45 Local Group 47 XML Directory 50 Phone Lock 51 Switch Account Up not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones 52 Switch Account Down not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phone...

Page 968: ... DND 7 ReCall 8 SMS 9 Direct Pickup 10 Call Park 11 DTMF 12 Voice Mail 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 15 Line 16 BLF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 37 Switch only applicable to ext key 1 38 LDAP 39 BLF List 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 42 ACD 45 Local Group 50 Phone Lock ...

Page 969: ...lue of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP VP T49G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default v...

Page 970: ... is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the de...

Page 971: ... When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For CP860 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default val...

Page 972: ...p 10 Call Park 11 DTMF 12 Voice Mail 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 15 Line 16 BLF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 28 History 30 Menu 32 New SMS 33 Status 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 37 Switch 38 LDAP 39 BLF List 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 42 ACD 43 Local Directory 45 Local Group ...

Page 973: ...sion_module X key Y line Description Configures the desired line to apply the key feature not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 F...

Page 974: ...tures you do not need to configure this parameter 1 Conference 2 Forward 3 Transfer 4 Hold 5 DND 7 ReCall 8 SMS 9 Direct Pickup 11 DTMF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 24 Multicast Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 38 LDAP 39 BLF List 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 42 ACD 45 Local Group 50 Phone Lock 56 Retrieve Park 61 Directory 66 Paging List 77 Mobile ...

Page 975: ... for SIP T40P T23P T23G 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 1 line 2 Parameter linekey X value Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Parameter programablekey X value Parameter expansion_module X key Y valu e Description Configures the value for some key features For line keys not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 and CP860 IP phones X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SI...

Page 976: ...d Format String Default Value Blank Range String within 99 characters Example When you assign the Speed Dial to the line key this parameter is used to specify the number you want to dial out linekey 1 value 1001 Parameter linekey X label Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Parameter programablekey X label Parameter expansion_module X key Y label Description Optional Configures the label displayin...

Page 977: ...ration File y0000000000xx cfg Parameter expansion_module X key Y pick up_value Description Configures the pickup code for BLF feature not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones and CP860 IP phones This parameter is only applicable to BLF feature For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1...

Page 978: ...red on the IP phone This parameter is only applicable to Local Group XML Group features For line keys not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones and CP860 IP phones X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP VP T49G SIP T48G X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T46G T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T41P X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T27P X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T2...

Page 979: ... Local Group valid values are 0 All contacts 1 First local group 5 Fifth local group 48 Forty eighth local group When the key feature is configured as XML Group remote phone book valid values are 0 First XML group 1 Second XML group 4 Fifth XML group Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 48 Example Configures the second remote phone book linekey 1 xml_phonebook 1 ...

Page 980: ...trator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series CP860 IP Phones 958 The following shows auto provisioning flowchart for Yealink IP phones when a user wishes to keep user personalized configuration settings ...

Page 981: ... speed_duplex network pc_port speed_duplex network static_dns_enable network ipv6_static_dns_enable network vlan pc_port_mode network dns ttl_enable network mtu_value network vlan internet_port_enable network vlan internet_port_vid network vlan internet_port_priority network vlan pc_port_enable network vlan pc_port_vid network vlan pc_port_priority network vlan dhcp_enable network vlan dhcp_option...

Page 982: ...ldp enable network lldp packet_interval network span_to_pc_port network port max_rtpport network port min_rtpport network ipv6_prefix network ipv6_internet_port type network ipv6_internet_port ip network ipv6_internet_port gateway network ipv6_primary_dns network ipv6_secondary_dns network ipv6_icmp_v6 enable network internet_port type network internet_port ip network internet_port mask network in...

Page 983: ...er_name user security user_name admin security user_name var security user_password security trust_certificates security ca_cert security dev_cert security cn_validation security var_enable trusted_certificates url trusted_certificates delete server_certificates url server_certificates delete wui https_enable wui http_enable Log syslog mode syslog server syslog log_level Autoprovision auto_provisi...

Page 984: ...to_provision weekly end_time auto_provision server url auto_provision server username auto_provision server password auto_provision aes_key_16 com auto_provision aes_key_16 mac auto_provision aes_key_in_file auto_provision dhcp_option option60_value auto_provision reboot_force enable auto_provision url_wildcard pn zero_touch enable zero_touch wait_time autoprovision X name autoprovision X code aut...

Page 985: ..._tcp_port Configurations associated with the password ldap password phone_setting phone_lock unlock_pin account X hoteling password account X xsi password account X password managementserver connection_request_password managementserver password DND Forward account X always_fwd enable account X always_fwd target account X always_fwd off_code account X always_fwd on_code account X busy_fwd enable ac...

Page 986: ... forward always on_code forward always off_code forward busy enable forward busy target forward busy on_code forward busy off_code forward no_answer enable forward no_answer target forward no_answer timeout forward no_answer on_code forward no_answer off_code forward international enable features dnd_mode features dnd enable features dnd on_code features dnd off_code features dnd_refuse_code Featu...

Page 987: ...blf_list_retrieve_call_parked_code account X shared_line_callpull_code voice_mail number X Access URL of the xml format resoures files configuration files custom_mac_cfg url dialplan_dialnow url dialplan_replace_rule url remote_phonebook data X url super_search url web_item_level url trusted_certificates url server_certificates url local_contact data url directory_setting url custom_factory_config...

Page 988: ...ns_cache_srv X ttl dns_cache_naptr X name dns_cache_naptr X flags dns_cache_naptr X order dns_cache_naptr X preference dns_cache_naptr X replace dns_cache_naptr X service dns_cache_naptr X ttl Configurations requiring a reboot during auto provisioning features relog_offtime features blf_list_version phone_setting show_code403 features show_default_account account X subscribe_expires_overlap accoun...

Page 989: ...ormation in the following RFC and Internet Draft Support SIP Request SIP Header SIP Responses SIP Session Description Protocol SDP Usage The following RFC s and Internet drafts are supported RFC 1321 The MD5 Message Digest Algorithm RFC 1889 RTP Media control RFC 2112 Multipart MIME RFC 2327 SDP Session Description Protocol RFC 2387 The MIME Multipart Related Content type RFC 2543 SIP Session Init...

Page 990: ...ty RFC 3325 SIP Asserted Identity RFC 3326 The Reason Header Field for the Session Initiation Protocol SIP RFC 3361 DHCP for IPv4 Option for SIP Servers RFC 3372 SIP for Telephones SIP T Context and Architectures RFC 3398 ISUP to SIP Mapping RFC 3420 Internet Media Type message sipfrag RFC 3428 Session Initiation Protocol SIP Extension for Instant Messaging RFC 3455 Private Header P Header Extensi...

Page 991: ...ocol SIP RFC 4083 3GPP Release 5 Requirements on SIP RFC 4235 An INVITE Initiated Dialog Event Package for the Session Initiation Protocol SIP RFC 4244 An Extension to the SIP for Request History Information RFC 4317 Session Description Protocol SDP Offer Answer Examples RFC 4353 A Framework for Conferencing with the SIP RFC 4458 SIP URIs for Applications such as Voicemail and Interactive Voice Re...

Page 992: ...ons for Caller Identity and Privacy November draft ietf sip privacy 04 txt SIP Extensions for Network Asserted Caller Identity and Privacy within Trusted Networks draft levy sip diversion 08 txt Diversion Indication in SIP draft ietf sipping cc conferencing 03 txt SIP Call Control Conferencing for User Agents draft ietf sipping cc conferencing 05 txt Connection Reuse in the Session Initiation Prot...

Page 993: ...FY Yes REFER Yes PRACK Yes INFO Yes MESSAGE Yes UPDATE Yes PUBLISH Yes The following SIP request headers are supported Note Method Supported Notes Accept Yes Alert Info Yes Allow Yes Allow Events Yes Authorization Yes Call ID Yes Call Info Yes Contact Yes In the following table a Yes in the Supported column means the header is sent and properly parsed ...

Page 994: ... Info Yes Event Yes Expires Yes From Yes Max Forwards Yes Min SE Yes P Asserted Identity Yes P Preferred Identity Yes Proxy Authenticate Yes Proxy Authorization Yes RAck Yes Record Route Yes Refer To Yes Referred By Yes Remote Party ID Yes Replaces Yes Require Yes Route Yes RSeq Yes Session Expires Yes Subscription State Yes Supported Yes To Yes User Agent Yes Via Yes ...

Page 995: ...Appendix 973 ...

Page 996: ...2xx Response Supported Notes 200 OK Yes 202 Accepted Yes In REFER transfer 3xx Response Redirection Responses 3xx Response Supported Notes 300 Multiple Choices Yes 301 Moved Permanently Yes 302 Moved Temporarily Yes 4xx Response Request Failure Responses 4xx Response Supported Notes 400 Bad Request Yes 401 Unauthorized Yes 402 Payment Required Yes 403 Forbidden Yes In the following table a Yes in ...

Page 997: ...arge No 414 Request URI Too Long Yes 415 Unsupported Media Type Yes 416 Unsupported URI Scheme No 420 Bad Extension No 421 Extension Required No 423 Interval Too Brief Yes 480 Temporarily Unavailable Yes 481 Call Transaction Does Not Exist Yes 482 Loop Detected Yes 483 Too Many Hops No 484 Address Incomplete Yes 485 Ambiguous No 486 Busy Here Yes 487 Request Terminated Yes 488 Not Acceptable Here ...

Page 998: ...Unavailable No 504 Gateway Timeout No 505 Version Not Supported No 6xx Response Global Responses 6xx Response Supported Notes 600 Busy Everywhere Yes 603 Decline Yes 604 Does Not Exist Anywhere No 606 Not Acceptable No SDP Headers Supported v Protocol version Yes o Owner creator and session identifier Yes a Media attribute Yes c Connection information Yes m Media name and transport address Yes s S...

Page 999: ...Registers the address listed in the To header field with a SIP server The following types of responses are used by SIP and generated by the IP phone or the SIP server SIP 1xx Informational Responses SIP 2xx Successful Responses SIP 3xx Redirection Responses SIP 4xx Client Failure Responses SIP 5xx Server Failure Responses SIP 6xx Global Failure Responses The following figure illustrates the scenar...

Page 1000: ... Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is...

Page 1001: ... a SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the User B is being alerted F6 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F7 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notif...

Page 1002: ... A sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response indicates that User A has received the BYE request The call session is now terminated F14 200 OK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP 200 OK response to User B to indicate that User A has received the BYE request The call session is now terminated The following figure illustrates the scenario of an unsuccess...

Page 1003: ...nserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call ID field The transaction number within a single call leg is identified in the CSeq field The media capability User A is ready to receive is specified The port on which User B is prepared to receive the RTP data is spec...

Page 1004: ...ne and unable or unwilling to take the call F6 486 Busy Here Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 486 Busy Here response to notify User A that User B is busy F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The SIP ACK message indicates that User A has received the 486 Busy Here message F8 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP ACK to U...

Page 1005: ...t The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call ID field The transaction number within a single call leg is identified in the CSeq field The media capability User A is ready to receive is specified The port on which User B is prepared ...

Page 1006: ...request The SIP CANCEL request indicates that User A wants to disconnect the call F6 CANCEL Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP CANCEL request to notify User B that User A wants to disconnect the call F7 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The SIP 200 OK response indicates that User B has received the CANCEL request F8 200 OK Pr...

Page 1007: ... Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is in...

Page 1008: ...eing alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies the proxy server that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the p...

Page 1009: ...eived the 200 OK response The call session is now temporarily inactive No RTP packets are being sent F14 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends the ACK message to User B The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response The following figure illustrates a successful call between Yealink SIP IP phones in which two parties are in a call one of the participants receive...

Page 1010: ...nging F13 INVITE B sendonly F15 200 OK F316 200 OK F17 ACK F18 ACK F19 200 OK F21 ACK F22 ACK F14 INVITE B sendonly 2 way RTP channel established No RTP Packets being sent 2 way RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE...

Page 1011: ...the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies proxy server that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The pr...

Page 1012: ...red to receive the RTP data is specified F10 INVITE Proxy Server to User A The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the To field to User A The proxy server sends the INVITE message to User A F11 180 Ringing User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the user is being alerted F12 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User C The proxy...

Page 1013: ... OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies that the connection has been made F20 200 OK Proxy Server User C The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User C F21 ACK User C to Proxy Server User C sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User C has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F22 ACK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server for...

Page 1014: ...ng F6 200 OK F7 ACK 2 way RTP channel established F23 180 Ringing F11 REFER F12 202 Accepted F26 200 OK F2 INVITE B F3 180 Ringing F5 200 OK F8 ACK F22 INVITE C F19 200 OK F27 ACK F18 BYE 2 way RTP channel established F9 REFER F10 202 Accepted F17 BYE F20 200 OK F21 INVITE C F24 180 Ringing F25 200 OK F28 ACK User C Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE me...

Page 1015: ...rver User B sends a SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK...

Page 1016: ...cates that User A accepts the transfer F13 BYE User B to Proxy Server User B terminates the call session by sending a SIP BYE request to the proxy server The BYE request indicates that User B wants to release the call F14 BYE Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the BYE request to User A F15 200OK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK ...

Page 1017: ...onfirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F24 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server forwards the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active The following figure illustrates a successful call between Yealink SIP IP phones in which two parties are in a call and then one of the part...

Page 1018: ...pted User C F2 INVITE B F3 180 Ringing F5 200 OK F8 ACK F10 INVITE B sendonly F11 200 OK F14 ACK F16 INVITE C F18 180 Ringing F20 200 OK F22 ACK 2 way RTP channel established F25 REFER F26 202 Accepted F31 BYE F32 BYE F33 200 OK F34 200 OK 2 way RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an...

Page 1019: ...he 180 Ringing response indicates that the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F6 200...

Page 1020: ...ser A to Proxy Server User A sends an ACK message to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now temporarily inactive No RTP packets are being sent F14 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends the ACK message to User B The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response F15 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A ...

Page 1021: ... the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F23 REFER User A to Proxy Server User A sends a REFER message to the proxy server User A performs a transfer of User B to User C F24 202 Accepted Proxy Server to User A The proxy server sends a SIP 202 Accepted response to User A The 202 Accepted response notifies User ...

Page 1022: ...y server forwards the SIP 200 OK response to User A The following figure illustrates successful call forwarding between Yealink SIP IP phones in which User B has enabled always call forward The incoming call is immediately forwarded to User C when User A calls User B In this call flow scenario the end users are User A User B and User C They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones which are connected v...

Page 1023: ...User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of the User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call ID field The...

Page 1024: ...sage to User A F6 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK message notifies the proxy server that User A has received the 302 Move Temporarily message F7 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP INVITE request to the proxy server In the INVITE request a unique Call ID is generated and the Contact URI field indicates that User A requested the call F8 INV...

Page 1025: ...essage to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active The following figure illustrates successful call forwarding between Yealink SIP IP phones in which User B has enabled busy call forward The incoming call is forwarded to User C when User B is busy In this call flow scenario the end users are User A User B and User C They are all ...

Page 1026: ...nnel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to t...

Page 1027: ... indicates that User B is not available at SIP phone B User B rewrites the contact URI F6 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends a SIP ACK to User B the ACK message notifies User B that the proxy server has received the ACK message F7 302 Move Temporarily Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 302 Moved Temporarily message to User A F8 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sen...

Page 1028: ...o the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F16 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C The following figure illustrates successful call forwarding between Yealink SIP IP phones in which User B has enabled no answer call forward The incoming call is forwarded to User C when User B does not answe...

Page 1029: ...ription F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Ca...

Page 1030: ...e to the proxy server The message indicates that User B is not available at SIP phone B User B rewrites the contact URI F6 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends a SIP ACK to User B the ACK message notifies User B that the proxy server has received the ACK message F7 302 Move Temporarily Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 302 Moved Temporarily message to User A F8 ACK ...

Page 1031: ... to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F16 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response The following figure illustrates successful 3 way calling between Yealink IP phones in which Us...

Page 1032: ...ser B is hold F16 INVITE C F18 180 Ringing F17 180 Ringing F19 200 OK F20 200 OK F21 ACK F22 ACK Both calls are active come into three party conference User A Proxy Server User B User C Initiate three party conference Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call sess...

Page 1033: ...ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server...

Page 1034: ...er to User B The proxy server sends the ACK message to User B The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response F15 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP INVITE request to the proxy server In the INVITE request a unique Call ID is generated and the Contact URI field indicates that User A requests the call F16 INVITE Proxy Server to User C The proxy server maps the ...

Page 1035: ...ifies User A that the connection has been made F21 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F22 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response ...

Page 1036: ...udio Codecs 794 Auto Answer 304 Auto Logout Time 837 Automatic Call Distribution ACD 557 Automatic Gain Control 810 Auto Redial 302 B Backlight 124 Background Noise Suppression 810 Bandwidth 500 Blind Transfer 388 BLF List 547 Block Out 256 Bluetooth 136 Bridge Lines Appearance BLA 577 Busy Forward 366 Busy Lamp Field BLF 532 Busy Tone Delay 346 C Call Completion 318 Call Forward 366 Call Hold 359...

Page 1037: ...ion from Status Indicators 908 Getting Information from Talk Statistics 908 Getting Started 19 Group Call Pickup 412 H H 323 1 Headset Prior 787 Hide Features Access Code 555 Hot Desking 614 Hotline 258 I Idle Clock 137 Index 1014 Initialization Process Overview 36 Intercom 471 IPv6 Support 754 IP Direct Auto Answer 311 J Jitter Buffer 814 K Keep User Personalized Settings 55 Keyboard Input Method...

Page 1038: ...ice for Headset 300 Ringing Timeout 481 Ring Tones 765 RTCP XR 701 S Save Call Log 269 Screen Saver 117 Screenshot 503 Screenshot and Recording 503 Search Source List in Dialing 266 Secure Real Time Transport Protocol 861 Semi attended Transfer 388 Send user phone 482 Sending Volume 791 Server Redundancy 655 Session Timer 356 Shared Call Appearance SCA 564 Short Message Service SMS 586 SIP 2 SIP C...

Page 1039: ...UAS 513 User Password 833 V Verifying Startup 37 Video Codecs 828 Video Settings 819 Viewing Log Files 883 VLAN 681 VLAN Feature in the Wireless Network 695 Voice Activity Detection 811 Voice Mail Tone 786 Voice Quality Monitoring 700 VoIP Principle 1 VPN 697 VQ RTCPXR 703 W Wallpaper 113 Web Server Type 175 Web User Interface 48 Wi Fi 141 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for CD860

NEC SV8500 Reference Sheet preview
SV8500
Brand: NEC Pages: 2
Samsung GALAXY MEGA Manual preview
GALAXY MEGA
Brand: Samsung Pages: 2
Samsung Galaxy MEGA SGH-I527 Manual Del Usuario preview
Galaxy MEGA SGH-I527
Brand: Samsung Pages: 237
Samsung Galaxy j7 Crown Manual preview
Galaxy j7 Crown
Brand: Samsung Pages: 33
Samsung Galaxy J3 Manual preview
Galaxy J3
Brand: Samsung Pages: 39
Samsung Fin Startup Manual preview
Fin
Brand: Samsung Pages: 28
Samsung Exclaim SPH-M550 Manual Del Usuario preview
Exclaim SPH-M550
Brand: Samsung Pages: 226
Samsung E810 Quick Start Manual preview
E810
Brand: Samsung Pages: 12
Samsung E630 - SGH Cell Phone Manual Del Usuario preview
E630 - SGH Cell Phone
Brand: Samsung Pages: 103
Samsung DoubleTime SGH-I857 Manual Del Usuario preview
DoubleTime SGH-I857
Brand: Samsung Pages: 225
Samsung Delve SCH-R800 Series Manual Del Usuario preview
Delve SCH-R800 Series
Brand: Samsung Pages: 180
Samsung Galaxy light Setup Manual preview
Galaxy light
Brand: Samsung Pages: 10
Samsung Galaxy Note 3 Disassembly Manual preview
Galaxy Note 3
Brand: Samsung Pages: 7
Samsung Galaxy Music GT-S6010 Quick Start Manual preview
Galaxy Music GT-S6010
Brand: Samsung Pages: 39
Samsung Byline SCH-R310 Serie Manual Del Usuario preview
Byline SCH-R310 Serie
Brand: Samsung Pages: 119
Samsung E800 Owner'S Manual preview
E800
Brand: Samsung Pages: 100
Samsung galaxy note 5 Get To Know preview
galaxy note 5
Brand: Samsung Pages: 2
Samsung galaxy note 5 Manual preview
galaxy note 5
Brand: Samsung Pages: 148

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands